macosx/Controller.mm

   1 /* $Id: Controller.mm,v 1.79 2005/11/04 19:41:32 titer Exp $
   2
   3    This file is part of the HandBrake source code.
   4    Homepage: <http://handbrake.fr/>.
   5    It may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License. */
   6
   7 #import "Controller.h"
   8 #import "HBOutputPanelController.h"
   9 #import "HBPreferencesController.h"
  10 #import "HBDVDDetector.h"
  11 #import "HBPresets.h"
  12 #import "HBPreviewController.h"
  13
  14 #define DragDropSimplePboardType        @"MyCustomOutlineViewPboardType"
  15
  16 /* We setup the toolbar values here */
  17 static NSString *        ToggleDrawerIdentifier             = @"Toggle Drawer Item Identifier";
  18 static NSString *        StartEncodingIdentifier            = @"Start Encoding Item Identifier";
  19 static NSString *        PauseEncodingIdentifier            = @"Pause Encoding Item Identifier";
  20 static NSString *        ShowQueueIdentifier                = @"Show Queue Item Identifier";
  21 static NSString *        AddToQueueIdentifier               = @"Add to Queue Item Identifier";
  22 static NSString *        ShowPictureIdentifier             = @"Show Picture Window Item Identifier";
  23 static NSString *        ShowActivityIdentifier             = @"Debug Output Item Identifier";
  24 static NSString *        ChooseSourceIdentifier             = @"Choose Source Item Identifier";
  25
  26
  27 /*******************************
  28  * HBController implementation *
  29  *******************************/
  30 @implementation HBController
  31
  32 - (id)init
  33 {
  34     self = [super init];
  35     if( !self )
  36     {
  37         return nil;
  38     }
  39
  40     [HBPreferencesController registerUserDefaults];
  41     fHandle = NULL;
  42     fQueueEncodeLibhb = NULL;
  43     /* Check for check for the app support directory here as
  44      * outputPanel needs it right away, as may other future methods
  45      */
  46     NSString *libraryDir = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains( NSLibraryDirectory,
  47                                                                 NSUserDomainMask,
  48                                                                 YES ) objectAtIndex:0];
  49     AppSupportDirectory = [[libraryDir stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Application Support"]
  50                            stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"HandBrake"];
  51     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:AppSupportDirectory] )
  52     {
  53         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:AppSupportDirectory
  54                                                    attributes:nil];
  55     }
  56     /* Check for and create the App Support Preview directory if necessary */
  57     NSString *PreviewDirectory = [AppSupportDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Previews"];
  58     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:PreviewDirectory] )
  59     {
  60         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:PreviewDirectory
  61                                                    attributes:nil];
  62     }
  63     outputPanel = [[HBOutputPanelController alloc] init];
  64     fPictureController = [[PictureController alloc] init];
  65     fQueueController = [[HBQueueController alloc] init];
  66     fAdvancedOptions = [[HBAdvancedController alloc] init];
  67     /* we init the HBPresets class which currently is only used
  68      * for updating built in presets, may move more functionality
  69      * there in the future
  70      */
  71     fPresetsBuiltin = [[HBPresets alloc] init];
  72     fPreferencesController = [[HBPreferencesController alloc] init];
  73     /* Lets report the HandBrake version number here to the activity log and text log file */
  74     NSString *versionStringFull = [[NSString stringWithFormat: @"Handbrake Version: %@", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]] stringByAppendingString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @" (%@)", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"]]];
  75     [self writeToActivityLog: "%s", [versionStringFull UTF8String]];
  76
  77     return self;
  78 }
  79
  80
  81 - (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching: (NSNotification *) notification
  82 {
  83     /* Init libhb with check for updates libhb style set to "0" so its ignored and lets sparkle take care of it */
  84     int loggingLevel = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"LoggingLevel"] intValue];
  85     fHandle = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  86     /* Optional dvd nav UseDvdNav*/
  87     hb_dvd_set_dvdnav([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue]);
  88     /* Init a separate instance of libhb for user scanning and setting up jobs */
  89     fQueueEncodeLibhb = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  90
  91         // Set the Growl Delegate
  92     [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate: self];
  93     /* Init others controllers */
  94     [fPictureController SetHandle: fHandle];
  95     [fPictureController   setHBController: self];
  96
  97     [fQueueController   setHandle: fQueueEncodeLibhb];
  98     [fQueueController   setHBController: self];
  99
 100     fChapterTitlesDelegate = [[ChapterTitles alloc] init];
 101     [fChapterTable setDataSource:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 102     [fChapterTable setDelegate:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 103
 104     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveName:@"Presets View"];
 105     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveExpandedItems:YES];
 106
 107     dockIconProgress = 0;
 108
 109     /* Call UpdateUI every 1/2 sec */
 110     [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] addTimer:[NSTimer
 111                                           scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:0.5 target:self
 112                                           selector:@selector(updateUI:) userInfo:nil repeats:YES]
 113                                  forMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode];
 114
 115     // Open debug output window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 116     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"OutputPanelIsOpen"])
 117         [self showDebugOutputPanel:nil];
 118
 119     // Open queue window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 120     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"QueueWindowIsOpen"])
 121         [self showQueueWindow:nil];
 122
 123         [self openMainWindow:nil];
 124
 125     /* We have to set the bool to tell hb what to do after a scan
 126      * Initially we set it to NO until we start processing the queue
 127      */
 128      applyQueueToScan = NO;
 129
 130     /* Now we re-check the queue array to see if there are
 131      * any remaining encodes to be done in it and ask the
 132      * user if they want to reload the queue */
 133     if ([QueueFileArray count] > 0)
 134         {
 135         /* run  getQueueStats to see whats in the queue file */
 136         [self getQueueStats];
 137         /* this results in these values
 138          * fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
 139          * fPendingCount = 0;
 140          * fCompletedCount = 0;
 141          * fCanceledCount = 0;
 142          * fWorkingCount = 0;
 143          */
 144
 145         /*On Screen Notification*/
 146         NSString * alertTitle;
 147
 148         /* We check to see if there is already another instance of hb running.
 149          * Note: hbInstances == 1 means we are the only instance of HandBrake.app
 150          */
 151         if ([self hbInstances] > 1)
 152         {
 153         alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 154                          NSLocalizedString(@"There is already an instance of HandBrake running.", @"")];
 155         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 156                                       alertTitle,
 157                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 158                                       nil,
 159                                       nil,
 160                                       fWindow, self,
 161                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 162                                       NSLocalizedString(@" HandBrake will now load up the existing queue.", nil));
 163         }
 164         else
 165         {
 166             if (fWorkingCount > 0)
 167             {
 168                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 169                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Previously Encoding Item and %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 170                               fWorkingCount,fPendingCount];
 171             }
 172             else
 173             {
 174                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 175                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 176                               fPendingCount];
 177             }
 178
 179             NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 180                                       alertTitle,
 181                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 182                                       nil,
 183                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Empty Queue", nil),
 184                                       fWindow, self,
 185                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 186                                       NSLocalizedString(@" Do you want to reload them ?", nil));
 187         }
 188
 189         // call didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 190         // right below to either clear the old queue or keep it loaded up.
 191     }
 192     else
 193     {
 194         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 195         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 196         {
 197             [self browseSources:nil];
 198         }
 199
 200         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 201         {
 202             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 203         }
 204     }
 205 }
 206
 207 - (int) hbInstances
 208 {
 209     /* check to see if another instance of HandBrake.app is running */
 210     NSArray *runningAppDictionaries = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] launchedApplications];
 211     NSDictionary *aDictionary;
 212     int hbInstances = 0;
 213     for (aDictionary in runningAppDictionaries)
 214         {
 215         //      NSLog(@"Open App: %@", [aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"]);
 216
 217         if ([[aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"] isEqualToString:@"HandBrake"])
 218                 {
 219             hbInstances++;
 220                 }
 221         }
 222     return hbInstances;
 223 }
 224
 225 - (void) didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 226 {
 227     if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
 228     {
 229         [self clearQueueAllItems];
 230         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 231         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 232         {
 233             [self browseSources:nil];
 234         }
 235
 236         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 237         {
 238             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 239         }
 240     }
 241     else
 242     {
 243         if ([self hbInstances] == 1)
 244         {
 245             [self setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending];
 246         }
 247         [self showQueueWindow:NULL];
 248     }
 249 }
 250
 251 - (NSApplicationTerminateReply) applicationShouldTerminate: (NSApplication *) app
 252 {
 253     /* if we are in preview full screen mode, we need to go to
 254      * windowed mode and release the display before we terminate.
 255      * We do it here (instead of applicationWillTerminate) so we
 256      * release the displays and can then see the alerts below.
 257      */
 258     if ([fPictureController previewFullScreenMode] == YES)
 259     {
 260         [fPictureController previewGoWindowed:nil];
 261     }
 262
 263     hb_state_t s;
 264     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 265
 266     if ( s.state != HB_STATE_IDLE )
 267     {
 268         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 269                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 270                                              NSLocalizedString(@"If you quit HandBrake your current encode will be reloaded into your queue at next launch. Do you want to quit anyway?", nil),
 271                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil, @"A movie" );
 272
 273         if (result == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
 274         {
 275             return NSTerminateNow;
 276         }
 277         else
 278             return NSTerminateCancel;
 279     }
 280
 281     // Warn if items still in the queue
 282     else if ( fPendingCount > 0 )
 283     {
 284         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 285                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 286                                              NSLocalizedString(@"There are pending encodes in your queue. Do you want to quit anyway?",nil),
 287                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil);
 288
 289         if ( result == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
 290             return NSTerminateNow;
 291         else
 292             return NSTerminateCancel;
 293     }
 294
 295     return NSTerminateNow;
 296 }
 297
 298 - (void)applicationWillTerminate:(NSNotification *)aNotification
 299 {
 300
 301     [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
 302     [outputPanel release];
 303         [fQueueController release];
 304     [fPreviewController release];
 305     [fPictureController release];
 306
 307         hb_close(&fHandle);
 308     hb_close(&fQueueEncodeLibhb);
 309 }
 310
 311
 312 - (void) awakeFromNib
 313 {
 314     [fWindow center];
 315     [fWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
 316     [fAdvancedOptions setView:fAdvancedView];
 317
 318     /* lets setup our presets drawer for drag and drop here */
 319     [fPresetsOutlineView registerForDraggedTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject:DragDropSimplePboardType] ];
 320     [fPresetsOutlineView setDraggingSourceOperationMask:NSDragOperationEvery forLocal:YES];
 321     [fPresetsOutlineView setVerticalMotionCanBeginDrag: YES];
 322
 323     /* Initialize currentScanCount so HB can use it to
 324      evaluate successive scans */
 325         currentScanCount = 0;
 326
 327
 328     /* Init UserPresets .plist */
 329         [self loadPresets];
 330
 331     /* Init QueueFile .plist */
 332     [self loadQueueFile];
 333
 334     fRipIndicatorShown = NO;  // initially out of view in the nib
 335
 336     /* For 64 bit builds, the threaded animation in the progress
 337      * indicators conflicts with the animation in the advanced tab
 338      * for reasons not completely clear. jbrjake found a note in the
 339      * 10.5 dev notes regarding this possiblility. It was also noted
 340      * that unless specified, setUsesThreadedAnimation defaults to true.
 341      * So, at least for now we set the indicator animation to NO for
 342      * both the scan and regular progress indicators for both 32 and 64 bit
 343      * as it test out fine on both and there is no reason our progress indicators
 344      * should require their own thread.
 345      */
 346
 347     [fScanIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 348     [fRipIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 349
 350
 351
 352         /* Show/Dont Show Presets drawer upon launch based
 353      on user preference DefaultPresetsDrawerShow*/
 354         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultPresetsDrawerShow"] > 0 )
 355         {
 356         [fPresetDrawer setDelegate:self];
 357         NSSize drawerSize = NSSizeFromString( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
 358                                                stringForKey:@"Drawer Size"] );
 359         if( drawerSize.width )
 360             [fPresetDrawer setContentSize: drawerSize];
 361                 [fPresetDrawer open];
 362         }
 363
 364     /* Initially set the dvd angle widgets to hidden (dvdnav only) */
 365     [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
 366     [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
 367
 368     /* Destination box*/
 369     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
 370     [fDstFormatPopUp removeAllItems];
 371     // MP4 file
 372     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP4 file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 373     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MP4];
 374         // MKV file
 375     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MKV file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 376     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MKV];
 377
 378     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 379
 380     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
 381
 382         /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here since we are .mp4 */
 383         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
 384         if ([fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 && [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultChapterMarkers"] > 0)
 385         {
 386                 [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOnState];
 387         }
 388
 389
 390
 391
 392     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 393                                      @"%@/Desktop/Movie.mp4", NSHomeDirectory()]];
 394
 395     /* Video encoder */
 396     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
 397     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"FFmpeg"];
 398     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"XviD"];
 399
 400
 401
 402     /* Video quality */
 403     [fVidTargetSizeField setIntValue: 700];
 404         [fVidBitrateField    setIntValue: 1000];
 405
 406     [fVidQualityMatrix   selectCell: fVidBitrateCell];
 407     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 408
 409     /* Video framerate */
 410     [fVidRatePopUp removeAllItems];
 411         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"Same as source", @"" )];
 412     for( int i = 0; i < hb_video_rates_count; i++ )
 413     {
 414         if ([[NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.3f",23.976]])
 415                 {
 416                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 417                                              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Film)"]];
 418                 }
 419                 else if ([[NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",25]])
 420                 {
 421                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 422                                              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (PAL Film/Video)"]];
 423                 }
 424                 else if ([[NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f",29.97]])
 425                 {
 426                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 427                                              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Video)"]];
 428                 }
 429                 else
 430                 {
 431                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 432              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string]];
 433                 }
 434     }
 435     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 436
 437         /* Set Auto Crop to On at launch */
 438     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
 439
 440         /* Audio bitrate */
 441     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
 442     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
 443     {
 444         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 445          [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]];
 446
 447     }
 448     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_bitrates_default];
 449
 450     /* Audio samplerate */
 451     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
 452     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
 453     {
 454         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 455          [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_rates[i].string]];
 456     }
 457     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_rates_default];
 458
 459     /* Bottom */
 460     [fStatusField setStringValue: @""];
 461
 462     [self enableUI: NO];
 463         [self setupToolbar];
 464
 465         /* We disable the Turbo 1st pass checkbox since we are not x264 */
 466         [fVidTurboPassCheck setEnabled: NO];
 467         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
 468
 469
 470         /* lets get our default prefs here */
 471         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
 472         /* lets initialize the current successful scancount here to 0 */
 473         currentSuccessfulScanCount = 0;
 474
 475
 476 }
 477
 478 - (void) enableUI: (bool) b
 479 {
 480     NSControl * controls[] =
 481     { fSrcTitleField, fSrcTitlePopUp,
 482         fSrcChapterField, fSrcChapterStartPopUp, fSrcChapterToField,
 483         fSrcChapterEndPopUp, fSrcDuration1Field, fSrcDuration2Field,
 484         fDstFormatField, fDstFormatPopUp, fDstFile1Field, fDstFile2Field,
 485         fDstBrowseButton, fVidRateField, fVidRatePopUp,fVidEncoderField, fVidEncoderPopUp, fVidQualityField,
 486         fPictureSizeField,fPictureCroppingField, fVideoFiltersField,fVidQualityMatrix, fSubField, fSubPopUp,
 487         fAudSourceLabel, fAudCodecLabel, fAudMixdownLabel, fAudSamplerateLabel, fAudBitrateLabel,
 488         fAudTrack1Label, fAudTrack2Label, fAudTrack3Label, fAudTrack4Label,
 489         fAudLang1PopUp, fAudLang2PopUp, fAudLang3PopUp, fAudLang4PopUp,
 490         fAudTrack1CodecPopUp, fAudTrack2CodecPopUp, fAudTrack3CodecPopUp, fAudTrack4CodecPopUp,
 491         fAudTrack1MixPopUp, fAudTrack2MixPopUp, fAudTrack3MixPopUp, fAudTrack4MixPopUp,
 492         fAudTrack1RatePopUp, fAudTrack2RatePopUp, fAudTrack3RatePopUp, fAudTrack4RatePopUp,
 493         fAudTrack1BitratePopUp, fAudTrack2BitratePopUp, fAudTrack3BitratePopUp, fAudTrack4BitratePopUp,
 494         fAudDrcLabel, fAudTrack1DrcSlider, fAudTrack1DrcField, fAudTrack2DrcSlider,
 495         fAudTrack2DrcField, fAudTrack3DrcSlider, fAudTrack3DrcField, fAudTrack4DrcSlider,fAudTrack4DrcField,
 496         fQueueStatus,fPresetsAdd,fPresetsDelete,fSrcAngleLabel,fSrcAnglePopUp,
 497                 fCreateChapterMarkers,fVidTurboPassCheck,fDstMp4LargeFileCheck,fSubForcedCheck,fPresetsOutlineView,
 498     fAudDrcLabel,fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck,fDstMp4iPodFileCheck,fVidQualityRFField,fVidQualityRFLabel};
 499
 500     for( unsigned i = 0;
 501         i < sizeof( controls ) / sizeof( NSControl * ); i++ )
 502     {
 503         if( [[controls[i] className] isEqualToString: @"NSTextField"] )
 504         {
 505             NSTextField * tf = (NSTextField *) controls[i];
 506             if( ![tf isBezeled] )
 507             {
 508                 [tf setTextColor: b ? [NSColor controlTextColor] :
 509                  [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]];
 510                 continue;
 511             }
 512         }
 513         [controls[i] setEnabled: b];
 514
 515     }
 516
 517         if (b) {
 518
 519         /* if we're enabling the interface, check if the audio mixdown controls need to be enabled or not */
 520         /* these will have been enabled by the mass control enablement above anyway, so we're sense-checking it here */
 521         [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
 522         /* we also call calculatePictureSizing here to sense check if we already have vfr selected */
 523         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
 524
 525         } else {
 526
 527                 [fPresetsOutlineView setEnabled: NO];
 528
 529         }
 530
 531     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 532     [fAdvancedOptions enableUI:b];
 533 }
 534
 535
 536 /***********************************************************************
 537  * UpdateDockIcon
 538  ***********************************************************************
 539  * Shows a progression bar on the dock icon, filled according to
 540  * 'progress' (0.0 <= progress <= 1.0).
 541  * Called with progress < 0.0 or progress > 1.0, restores the original
 542  * icon.
 543  **********************************************************************/
 544 - (void) UpdateDockIcon: (float) progress
 545 {
 546     NSImage * icon;
 547     NSData * tiff;
 548     NSBitmapImageRep * bmp;
 549     uint32_t * pen;
 550     uint32_t black = htonl( 0x000000FF );
 551     uint32_t red   = htonl( 0xFF0000FF );
 552     uint32_t white = htonl( 0xFFFFFFFF );
 553     int row_start, row_end;
 554     int i, j;
 555
 556     /* Get application original icon */
 557     icon = [NSImage imageNamed: @"NSApplicationIcon"];
 558
 559     if( progress < 0.0 || progress > 1.0 )
 560     {
 561         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 562         return;
 563     }
 564
 565     /* Get it in a raw bitmap form */
 566     tiff = [icon TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 567             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 568     bmp = [NSBitmapImageRep imageRepWithData: tiff];
 569
 570     /* Draw the progression bar */
 571     /* It's pretty simple (ugly?) now, but I'm no designer */
 572
 573     row_start = 3 * (int) [bmp size].height / 4;
 574     row_end   = 7 * (int) [bmp size].height / 8;
 575
 576     for( i = row_start; i < row_start + 2; i++ )
 577     {
 578         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 579         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 580         {
 581             pen[j] = black;
 582         }
 583     }
 584     for( i = row_start + 2; i < row_end - 2; i++ )
 585     {
 586         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 587         pen[0] = black;
 588         pen[1] = black;
 589         for( j = 2; j < (int) [bmp size].width - 2; j++ )
 590         {
 591             if( j < 2 + (int) ( ( [bmp size].width - 4.0 ) * progress ) )
 592             {
 593                 pen[j] = red;
 594             }
 595             else
 596             {
 597                 pen[j] = white;
 598             }
 599         }
 600         pen[j]   = black;
 601         pen[j+1] = black;
 602     }
 603     for( i = row_end - 2; i < row_end; i++ )
 604     {
 605         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 606         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 607         {
 608             pen[j] = black;
 609         }
 610     }
 611
 612     /* Now update the dock icon */
 613     tiff = [bmp TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 614             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 615     icon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithData: tiff];
 616     [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 617     [icon release];
 618 }
 619
 620 - (void) updateUI: (NSTimer *) timer
 621 {
 622
 623     /* Update UI for fHandle (user scanning instance of libhb ) */
 624
 625     hb_list_t  * list;
 626     list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
 627     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 628      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 629      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 630         int checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fHandle );
 631         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 632         {
 633                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 634         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 635         [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 636         [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 637                 [self showNewScan:nil];
 638         }
 639
 640     hb_state_t s;
 641     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
 642
 643     switch( s.state )
 644     {
 645         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 646             break;
 647 #define p s.param.scanning
 648         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 649                 {
 650             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 651                                             NSLocalizedString( @"Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 652                                             p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 653             [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
 654             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 100.0 * ((double)( p.title_cur - 1 ) / p.title_count)];
 655             break;
 656                 }
 657 #undef p
 658
 659 #define p s.param.scandone
 660         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 661         {
 662             [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 663             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 664             [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 665                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fHandle"];
 666             [self showNewScan:nil];
 667             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 668
 669                         break;
 670         }
 671 #undef p
 672
 673 #define p s.param.working
 674         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 675         {
 676
 677             break;
 678         }
 679 #undef p
 680
 681 #define p s.param.muxing
 682         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 683         {
 684
 685             break;
 686         }
 687 #undef p
 688
 689         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 690             break;
 691
 692         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 693         {
 694             break;
 695         }
 696     }
 697
 698
 699     /* Update UI for fQueueEncodeLibhb */
 700     // hb_list_t  * list;
 701     // list = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb ); //fQueueEncodeLibhb
 702     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 703      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 704      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 705
 706     checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
 707         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 708         {
 709                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 710         [self writeToActivityLog:"currentScanCount received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 711         }
 712
 713     //hb_state_t s;
 714     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 715
 716     switch( s.state )
 717     {
 718         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 719             break;
 720 #define p s.param.scanning
 721         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 722                 {
 723             [fStatusField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 724                                            NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 725                                            p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 726
 727             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 728             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 729                                                      NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 730                                                      p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 731             break;
 732                 }
 733 #undef p
 734
 735 #define p s.param.scandone
 736         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 737         {
 738                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 739             [self processNewQueueEncode];
 740             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 741
 742                         break;
 743         }
 744 #undef p
 745
 746 #define p s.param.working
 747         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 748         {
 749             NSMutableString * string;
 750                         /* Update text field */
 751                         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Encoding: pass %d of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 752
 753                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 754             {
 755                 [string appendFormat:
 756                  NSLocalizedString( @" (%.2f fps, avg %.2f fps, ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ),
 757                  p.rate_cur, p.rate_avg, p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 758             }
 759
 760             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 761             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 762             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 763             /* Update slider */
 764             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 765             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 766             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 767
 768             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 769             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 770             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 771             // HBController.
 772             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 773             {
 774                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 775                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 776                     frame.size.width = 591;
 777                 frame.size.height += 36;
 778                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 779                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 780                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 781
 782             }
 783
 784             /* Update dock icon */
 785             if( dockIconProgress < 100.0 * progress_total )
 786             {
 787                 [self UpdateDockIcon: progress_total];
 788                 dockIconProgress += 5;
 789             }
 790
 791             break;
 792         }
 793 #undef p
 794
 795 #define p s.param.muxing
 796         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 797         {
 798             /* Update text field */
 799             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 800             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 801             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 802             /* Update slider */
 803             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
 804             [fRipIndicator startAnimation: nil];
 805
 806             /* Update dock icon */
 807             [self UpdateDockIcon: 1.0];
 808
 809                         break;
 810         }
 811 #undef p
 812
 813         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 814                     [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 815             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 816
 817                         break;
 818
 819         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 820         {
 821             // HB_STATE_WORKDONE happpens as a result of libhb finishing all its jobs
 822             // or someone calling hb_stop. In the latter case, hb_stop does not clear
 823             // out the remaining passes/jobs in the queue. We'll do that here.
 824
 825             // Delete all remaining jobs of this encode.
 826             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 827             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 828             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 829             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 830             [fRipIndicator stopAnimation: nil];
 831             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 832             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 833
 834             /* Restore dock icon */
 835             [self UpdateDockIcon: -1.0];
 836             dockIconProgress = 0;
 837
 838             if( fRipIndicatorShown )
 839             {
 840                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 841                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 842                                     frame.size.width = 591;
 843                 frame.size.height += -36;
 844                 frame.origin.y -= -36;
 845                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 846                                 fRipIndicatorShown = NO;
 847                         }
 848             /* Since we are done with this encode, tell output to stop writing to the
 849              * individual encode log
 850              */
 851                         [outputPanel endEncodeLog];
 852             /* Check to see if the encode state has not been cancelled
 853              to determine if we should check for encode done notifications */
 854                         if( fEncodeState != 2 )
 855             {
 856                 NSString *pathOfFinishedEncode;
 857                 /* Get the output file name for the finished encode */
 858                 pathOfFinishedEncode = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"];
 859
 860                 /* Both the Growl Alert and Sending to MetaX can be done as encodes roll off the queue */
 861                 /* Growl alert */
 862                 [self showGrowlDoneNotification:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 863                 /* Send to MetaX */
 864                 [self sendToMetaX:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 865
 866                 /* since we have successfully completed an encode, we increment the queue counter */
 867                 [self incrementQueueItemDone:nil];
 868
 869                 /* all end of queue actions below need to be done after all queue encodes have finished
 870                  * and there are no pending jobs left to process
 871                  */
 872                 if (fPendingCount == 0)
 873                 {
 874                     /* If Alert Window or Window and Growl has been selected */
 875                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window"] ||
 876                        [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"] )
 877                     {
 878                         /*On Screen Notification*/
 879                         int status;
 880                         NSBeep();
 881                         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Put down that cocktail...",@"Your HandBrake queue is done!", @"OK", nil, nil);
 882                         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
 883                     }
 884
 885                     /* If sleep has been selected */
 886                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"] )
 887                     {
 888                         /* Sleep */
 889                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 890                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 891                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 892                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to sleep"];
 893                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 894                         [scriptObject release];
 895                     }
 896                     /* If Shutdown has been selected */
 897                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"] )
 898                     {
 899                         /* Shut Down */
 900                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 901                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 902                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 903                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to shut down"];
 904                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 905                         [scriptObject release];
 906                     }
 907
 908                 }
 909
 910
 911             }
 912
 913             break;
 914         }
 915     }
 916
 917 }
 918
 919 /* We use this to write messages to stderr from the macgui which show up in the activity window and log*/
 920 - (void) writeToActivityLog:(const char *) format, ...
 921 {
 922     va_list args;
 923     va_start(args, format);
 924     if (format != nil)
 925     {
 926         char str[1024];
 927         vsnprintf( str, 1024, format, args );
 928
 929         time_t _now = time( NULL );
 930         struct tm * now  = localtime( &_now );
 931         fprintf(stderr, "[%02d:%02d:%02d] macgui: %s\n", now->tm_hour, now->tm_min, now->tm_sec, str );
 932     }
 933     va_end(args);
 934 }
 935
 936 #pragma mark -
 937 #pragma mark Toolbar
 938 // ============================================================
 939 // NSToolbar Related Methods
 940 // ============================================================
 941
 942 - (void) setupToolbar {
 943     NSToolbar *toolbar = [[[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier: @"HandBrake Toolbar"] autorelease];
 944
 945     [toolbar setAllowsUserCustomization: YES];
 946     [toolbar setAutosavesConfiguration: YES];
 947     [toolbar setDisplayMode: NSToolbarDisplayModeIconAndLabel];
 948
 949     [toolbar setDelegate: self];
 950
 951     [fWindow setToolbar: toolbar];
 952 }
 953
 954 - (NSToolbarItem *) toolbar: (NSToolbar *)toolbar itemForItemIdentifier:
 955     (NSString *) itemIdent willBeInsertedIntoToolbar:(BOOL) willBeInserted {
 956     NSToolbarItem * item = [[[NSToolbarItem alloc] initWithItemIdentifier: itemIdent] autorelease];
 957
 958     if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
 959     {
 960         [item setLabel: @"Toggle Presets"];
 961         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Toggler Presets"];
 962         [item setToolTip: @"Open/Close Preset Drawer"];
 963         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Drawer"]];
 964         [item setTarget: self];
 965         [item setAction: @selector(toggleDrawer:)];
 966         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
 967     }
 968     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
 969     {
 970         [item setLabel: @"Start"];
 971         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
 972         [item setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
 973         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
 974         [item setTarget: self];
 975         [item setAction: @selector(Rip:)];
 976     }
 977     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
 978     {
 979         [item setLabel: @"Show Queue"];
 980         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Queue"];
 981         [item setToolTip: @"Show Queue"];
 982         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Queue"]];
 983         [item setTarget: self];
 984         [item setAction: @selector(showQueueWindow:)];
 985         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
 986     }
 987     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
 988     {
 989         [item setLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
 990         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
 991         [item setToolTip: @"Add to Queue"];
 992         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"AddToQueue"]];
 993         [item setTarget: self];
 994         [item setAction: @selector(addToQueue:)];
 995     }
 996     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
 997     {
 998         [item setLabel: @"Pause"];
 999         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1000         [item setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1001         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1002         [item setTarget: self];
1003         [item setAction: @selector(Pause:)];
1004     }
1005     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1006     {
1007         [item setLabel: @"Picture Settings"];
1008         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1009         [item setToolTip: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1010         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1011         [item setTarget: self];
1012         [item setAction: @selector(showPicturePanel:)];
1013     }
1014     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1015     {
1016         [item setLabel: @"Activity Window"];
1017         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Activity Window"];
1018         [item setToolTip: @"Show Activity Window"];
1019         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"ActivityWindow"]];
1020         [item setTarget: self];
1021         [item setAction: @selector(showDebugOutputPanel:)];
1022         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1023     }
1024     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1025     {
1026         [item setLabel: @"Source"];
1027         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1028         [item setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1029         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1030         [item setTarget: self];
1031         [item setAction: @selector(browseSources:)];
1032     }
1033     else
1034     {
1035         return nil;
1036     }
1037
1038     return item;
1039 }
1040
1041 - (NSArray *) toolbarDefaultItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1042 {
1043     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects: ChooseSourceIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, StartEncodingIdentifier,
1044         PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1045                 NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier, nil];
1046 }
1047
1048 - (NSArray *) toolbarAllowedItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1049 {
1050     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects:  StartEncodingIdentifier, PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier,
1051         ChooseSourceIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier,
1052         NSToolbarCustomizeToolbarItemIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1053         NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, nil];
1054 }
1055
1056 - (BOOL) validateToolbarItem: (NSToolbarItem *) toolbarItem
1057 {
1058     NSString * ident = [toolbarItem itemIdentifier];
1059
1060     if (fHandle)
1061     {
1062         hb_state_t s;
1063         hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
1064
1065         if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING)
1066         {
1067             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1068             {
1069                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1070                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Stop"];
1071                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Stop"];
1072                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Stop Encoding"];
1073                 return YES;
1074             }
1075             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1076             {
1077                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1078                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Pause"];
1079                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1080                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1081                 return YES;
1082             }
1083             if (SuccessfulScan)
1084             {
1085                 if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1086                     return YES;
1087                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1088                     return YES;
1089             }
1090         }
1091         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1092         {
1093             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1094             {
1095                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1096                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Resume"];
1097                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Resume Encoding"];
1098                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Resume Encoding"];
1099                 return YES;
1100             }
1101             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1102                 return YES;
1103             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1104                 return YES;
1105             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1106                 return YES;
1107         }
1108         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1109             return NO;
1110         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKDONE || s.state == HB_STATE_SCANDONE || SuccessfulScan)
1111         {
1112             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1113             {
1114                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1115                 if (hb_count(fHandle) > 0)
1116                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start Queue"];
1117                 else
1118                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start"];
1119                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1120                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1121                 return YES;
1122             }
1123             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1124                 return YES;
1125             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1126                 return YES;
1127         }
1128
1129     }
1130     /* If there are any pending queue items, make sure the start/stop button is active */
1131     if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] && fPendingCount > 0)
1132         return YES;
1133     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1134         return YES;
1135     if ([ident isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1136         return YES;
1137     if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1138         return YES;
1139     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1140         return YES;
1141
1142     return NO;
1143 }
1144
1145 - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
1146 {
1147     SEL action = [menuItem action];
1148
1149     hb_state_t s;
1150     hb_get_state2( fHandle, &s );
1151
1152     if (fHandle)
1153     {
1154         if (action == @selector(addToQueue:) || action == @selector(showPicturePanel:) || action == @selector(showAddPresetPanel:))
1155             return SuccessfulScan && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1156
1157         if (action == @selector(browseSources:))
1158         {
1159             if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1160                 return NO;
1161             else
1162                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1163         }
1164         if (action == @selector(selectDefaultPreset:))
1165             return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1166         if (action == @selector(Pause:))
1167         {
1168             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING)
1169             {
1170                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Pause Encoding"])
1171                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Pause Encoding"];
1172                 return YES;
1173             }
1174             else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1175             {
1176                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Resume Encoding"])
1177                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Resume Encoding"];
1178                 return YES;
1179             }
1180             else
1181                 return NO;
1182         }
1183         if (action == @selector(Rip:))
1184         {
1185             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1186             {
1187                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Stop Encoding"])
1188                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Stop Encoding"];
1189                 return YES;
1190             }
1191             else if (SuccessfulScan)
1192             {
1193                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Start Encoding"])
1194                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Start Encoding"];
1195                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1196             }
1197             else
1198                 return NO;
1199         }
1200     }
1201     if( action == @selector(setDefaultPreset:) )
1202     {
1203         return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] != -1;
1204     }
1205
1206     return YES;
1207 }
1208
1209 #pragma mark -
1210 #pragma mark Encode Done Actions
1211 // register a test notification and make
1212 // it enabled by default
1213 #define SERVICE_NAME @"Encode Done"
1214 - (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl
1215 {
1216     NSDictionary *registrationDictionary = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
1217     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL,
1218     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT,
1219     nil];
1220
1221     return registrationDictionary;
1222 }
1223
1224 -(void)showGrowlDoneNotification:(NSString *) filePath
1225 {
1226     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1227     NSString * finishedEncode = filePath;
1228     /* strip off the path to just show the file name */
1229     finishedEncode = [finishedEncode lastPathComponent];
1230     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Growl Notification"] ||
1231         [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"])
1232     {
1233         NSString * growlMssg = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"your HandBrake encode %@ is done!",finishedEncode];
1234         [GrowlApplicationBridge
1235          notifyWithTitle:@"Put down that cocktail..."
1236          description:growlMssg
1237          notificationName:SERVICE_NAME
1238          iconData:nil
1239          priority:0
1240          isSticky:1
1241          clickContext:nil];
1242     }
1243
1244 }
1245 -(void)sendToMetaX:(NSString *) filePath
1246 {
1247     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1248     if([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"sendToMetaX"] == YES)
1249     {
1250         NSAppleScript *myScript = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@%@", @"tell application \"MetaX\" to open (POSIX file \"", filePath, @"\")"]];
1251         [myScript executeAndReturnError: nil];
1252         [myScript release];
1253     }
1254 }
1255 #pragma mark -
1256 #pragma mark Get New Source
1257
1258 /*Opens the source browse window, called from Open Source widgets */
1259 - (IBAction) browseSources: (id) sender
1260 {
1261     NSOpenPanel * panel;
1262
1263     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
1264     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
1265     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
1266     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: YES ];
1267     NSString * sourceDirectory;
1268         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"])
1269         {
1270                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1271         }
1272         else
1273         {
1274                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
1275                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
1276         }
1277     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
1278         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
1279         */
1280     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: nil
1281                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1282                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseSourcesDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1283                       contextInfo: sender];
1284 }
1285
1286 - (void) browseSourcesDone: (NSOpenPanel *) sheet
1287                 returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1288 {
1289     /* we convert the sender content of contextInfo back into a variable called sender
1290      * mostly just for consistency for evaluation later
1291      */
1292     id sender = (id)contextInfo;
1293     /* User selected a file to open */
1294         if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1295     {
1296             /* Free display name allocated previously by this code */
1297         [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
1298
1299         NSString *scanPath = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1300         /* we set the last searched source directory in the prefs here */
1301         NSString *sourceDirectory = [scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1302         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:sourceDirectory forKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1303         /* we order out sheet, which is the browse window as we need to open
1304          * the title selection sheet right away
1305          */
1306         [sheet orderOut: self];
1307
1308         if (sender == fOpenSourceTitleMMenu)
1309         {
1310             /* We put the chosen source path in the source display text field for the
1311              * source title selection sheet in which the user specifies the specific title to be
1312              * scanned  as well as the short source name in fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan just for display
1313              * purposes in the title panel
1314              */
1315             /* Full Path */
1316             [fScanSrcTitlePathField setStringValue:scanPath];
1317             NSString *displayTitlescanSourceName;
1318
1319             if ([[scanPath lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1320             {
1321                 /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name
1322                  we have to use the title->dvd value so we get the proper name of the volume if a physical dvd is the source*/
1323                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [[scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent];
1324             }
1325             else
1326             {
1327                 /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1328                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [scanPath lastPathComponent];
1329             }
1330             /* we set the source display name in the title selection dialogue */
1331             [fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan setStringValue:displayTitlescanSourceName];
1332             /* we set the attempted scans display name for main window to displayTitlescanSourceName*/
1333             browsedSourceDisplayName = [displayTitlescanSourceName retain];
1334             /* We show the actual sheet where the user specifies the title to be scanned
1335              * as we are going to do a title specific scan
1336              */
1337             [self showSourceTitleScanPanel:nil];
1338         }
1339         else
1340         {
1341             /* We are just doing a standard full source scan, so we specify "0" to libhb */
1342             NSString *path = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1343
1344             /* We check to see if the chosen file at path is a package */
1345             if ([[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] isFilePackageAtPath:path])
1346             {
1347                 [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a package at: %s", [path UTF8String]];
1348                 /* We check to see if this is an .eyetv package */
1349                 if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"eyetv"])
1350                 {
1351                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open eyetv package"];
1352                     /* We're looking at an EyeTV package - try to open its enclosed
1353                      .mpg media file */
1354                      browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1355                     NSString *mpgname;
1356                     int n = [[path stringByAppendingString: @"/"]
1357                              completePathIntoString: &mpgname caseSensitive: NO
1358                              matchesIntoArray: nil
1359                              filterTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject: @"mpg"]];
1360                     if (n > 0)
1361                     {
1362                         /* Found an mpeg inside the eyetv package, make it our scan path
1363                         and call performScan on the enclosed mpeg */
1364                         path = mpgname;
1365                         [self writeToActivityLog:"found mpeg in eyetv package"];
1366                         [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1367                     }
1368                     else
1369                     {
1370                         /* We did not find an mpeg file in our package, so we do not call performScan */
1371                         [self writeToActivityLog:"no valid mpeg in eyetv package"];
1372                     }
1373                 }
1374                 /* We check to see if this is a .dvdmedia package */
1375                 else if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"dvdmedia"])
1376                 {
1377                     /* path IS a package - but dvdmedia packages can be treaded like normal directories */
1378                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1379                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open dvdmedia package"];
1380                     [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1381                 }
1382                 else
1383                 {
1384                     /* The package is not an eyetv package, so we do not call performScan */
1385                     [self writeToActivityLog:"unable to open package"];
1386                 }
1387             }
1388             else // path is not a package, so we treat it as a dvd parent folder or VIDEO_TS folder
1389             {
1390                 /* path is not a package, so we call perform scan directly on our file */
1391                 if ([[path lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1392                 {
1393                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (video_ts folder chosen)"];
1394                     /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name*/
1395                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent] retain];
1396                 }
1397                 else
1398                 {
1399                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (parent directory chosen)"];
1400                     /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1401                     /* make sure we remove any path extension as this can also be an '.mpg' file */
1402                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[path lastPathComponent] retain];
1403                 }
1404                 [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1405             }
1406
1407         }
1408
1409     }
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Here we open the title selection sheet where we can specify an exact title to be scanned */
1413 - (IBAction) showSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1414 {
1415     /* We default the title number to be scanned to "0" which results in a full source scan, unless the
1416     * user changes it
1417     */
1418     [fScanSrcTitleNumField setStringValue: @"0"];
1419         /* Show the panel */
1420         [NSApp beginSheet:fScanSrcTitlePanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
1421 }
1422
1423 - (IBAction) closeSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1424 {
1425     [NSApp endSheet: fScanSrcTitlePanel];
1426     [fScanSrcTitlePanel orderOut: self];
1427
1428     if(sender == fScanSrcTitleOpenButton)
1429     {
1430         /* We setup the scan status in the main window to indicate a source title scan */
1431         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"Opening a new source title ..."];
1432                 [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
1433         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
1434         [fScanIndicator startAnimation: nil];
1435
1436         /* We use the performScan method to actually perform the specified scan passing the path and the title
1437             * to be scanned
1438             */
1439         [self performScan:[fScanSrcTitlePathField stringValue] scanTitleNum:[fScanSrcTitleNumField intValue]];
1440     }
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
1444 - (void) performScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
1445 {
1446     /* set the bool applyQueueToScan so that we dont apply a queue setting to the final scan */
1447     applyQueueToScan = NO;
1448     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
1449     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1450     NSString *path = scanPath;
1451     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
1452
1453     // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1454     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1455     [fChapterTable reloadData];
1456
1457     [self enableUI: NO];
1458
1459     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
1460     {
1461         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
1462         // device path instead.
1463         path = [detector devicePath];
1464         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
1465
1466 #ifdef __LP64__
1467         /* If we are 64 bit, we cannot read encrypted dvd's as vlc is 32 bit only */
1468         cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1469         [self writeToActivityLog: "64 bit mode cannot read dvd's, scan cancelled"];
1470         /*On Screen Notification*/
1471         int status;
1472         NSBeep();
1473         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"64-bit HandBrake cannot read encrypted dvds!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", nil);
1474         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1475
1476         if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1477         {
1478             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1479             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1480             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1481         }
1482         else
1483         {
1484             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 64-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1485             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1486         }
1487
1488 #else
1489         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
1490         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app/Contents/MacOS/lib/libdvdcss.2.dylib";
1491         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1492             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
1493             {
1494             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
1495             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1496             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1497             int status;
1498             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC or your VLC is out of date.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
1499             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1500
1501             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1502             {
1503                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1504                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
1505             }
1506             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1507             {
1508                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1509                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1510             }
1511             else
1512             {
1513                 /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
1514                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1515                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1516             }
1517
1518         }
1519         else
1520         {
1521             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
1522             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1523         }
1524 #endif
1525     }
1526
1527     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
1528     {
1529         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
1530         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
1531          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
1532          */
1533         if (!scanTitleNum)
1534         {
1535             scanTitleNum = 0;
1536         }
1537         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
1538         {
1539             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
1540         }
1541         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
1542         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
1543         hb_scan( fHandle, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 1 );
1544         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:@"Scanning new source ..."];
1545     }
1546 }
1547
1548 - (IBAction) showNewScan:(id)sender
1549 {
1550     hb_list_t  * list;
1551         hb_title_t * title;
1552         int indxpri=0;    // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1553         int longuestpri=0; // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1554
1555
1556         list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1557
1558         if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
1559         {
1560             /* We display a message if a valid dvd source was not chosen */
1561             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"No Valid Source Found"];
1562             SuccessfulScan = NO;
1563
1564             // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1565             [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1566             [fChapterTable reloadData];
1567         }
1568         else
1569         {
1570             /* We increment the successful scancount here by one,
1571              which we use at the end of this function to tell the gui
1572              if this is the first successful scan since launch and whether
1573              or not we should set all settings to the defaults */
1574
1575             currentSuccessfulScanCount++;
1576
1577             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
1578
1579             [fSrcTitlePopUp removeAllItems];
1580             for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( list ); i++ )
1581             {
1582                 title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list, i );
1583
1584                 currentSource = [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name];
1585                 /*Set DVD Name at top of window with the browsedSourceDisplayName grokked right before -performScan */
1586                 [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:browsedSourceDisplayName];
1587
1588                 /* Use the dvd name in the default output field here
1589                  May want to add code to remove blank spaces for some dvd names*/
1590                 /* Check to see if the last destination has been set,use if so, if not, use Desktop */
1591                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"])
1592                 {
1593                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1594                                                      @"%@/%@.mp4", [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"],[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1595                 }
1596                 else
1597                 {
1598                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1599                                                      @"%@/Desktop/%@.mp4", NSHomeDirectory(),[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1600                 }
1601
1602
1603                 if (longuestpri < title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds)
1604                 {
1605                     longuestpri=title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds;
1606                     indxpri=i;
1607                 }
1608
1609                 [fSrcTitlePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
1610                                                    stringWithFormat: @"%d - %02dh%02dm%02ds",
1611                                                    title->index, title->hours, title->minutes,
1612                                                    title->seconds]];
1613             }
1614
1615             // Select the longuest title
1616             [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: indxpri];
1617             [self titlePopUpChanged:nil];
1618
1619             SuccessfulScan = YES;
1620             [self enableUI: YES];
1621
1622             /* if its the initial successful scan after awakeFromNib */
1623             if (currentSuccessfulScanCount == 1)
1624             {
1625                 [self selectDefaultPreset:nil];
1626
1627                 // Open preview window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1628                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PreviewWindowIsOpen"])
1629                     [self showPreviewWindow:nil];
1630
1631                 // Open picture sizing window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1632                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PictureSizeWindowIsOpen"])
1633                     [self showPicturePanel:nil];
1634
1635             }
1636
1637
1638         }
1639
1640 }
1641
1642
1643 #pragma mark -
1644 #pragma mark New Output Destination
1645
1646 - (IBAction) browseFile: (id) sender
1647 {
1648     /* Open a panel to let the user choose and update the text field */
1649     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
1650         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
1651         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] file: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] lastPathComponent]
1652                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1653                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1654                                           contextInfo: NULL];
1655 }
1656
1657 - (void) browseFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
1658              returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1659 {
1660     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1661     {
1662         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [sheet filename]];
1663         /* Save this path to the prefs so that on next browse destination window it opens there */
1664         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1665         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
1666     }
1667 }
1668
1669
1670 #pragma mark -
1671 #pragma mark Main Window Control
1672
1673 - (IBAction) openMainWindow: (id) sender
1674 {
1675     [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1676 }
1677
1678 - (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (id) sender
1679 {
1680     return YES;
1681 }
1682
1683 - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)theApplication hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag
1684 {
1685     if( !flag ) {
1686         [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1687
1688         return YES;
1689     }
1690
1691     return NO;
1692 }
1693
1694 - (NSSize) drawerWillResizeContents:(NSDrawer *) drawer toSize:(NSSize) contentSize {
1695         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:NSStringFromSize( contentSize ) forKey:@"Drawer Size"];
1696         return contentSize;
1697 }
1698
1699 #pragma mark -
1700 #pragma mark Queue File
1701
1702 - (void) loadQueueFile {
1703         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
1704         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1705         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
1706     QueueFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/Queue.plist";
1707         QueueFile = [[QueueFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
1708     /* We check for the presets.plist */
1709         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:QueueFile] == 0)
1710         {
1711                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:QueueFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
1712         }
1713
1714         QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:QueueFile];
1715         /* lets check to see if there is anything in the queue file .plist */
1716     if (nil == QueueFileArray)
1717         {
1718         /* if not, then lets initialize an empty array */
1719                 QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
1720
1721      /* Initialize our curQueueEncodeIndex to 0
1722      * so we can use it to track which queue
1723      * item is to be used to track our encodes */
1724      /* NOTE: this should be changed if and when we
1725       * are able to get the last unfinished encode
1726       * in the case of a crash or shutdown */
1727
1728         }
1729     else
1730     {
1731     [self clearQueueEncodedItems];
1732     }
1733     currentQueueEncodeIndex = 0;
1734 }
1735
1736 - (void)addQueueFileItem
1737 {
1738         [QueueFileArray addObject:[self createQueueFileItem]];
1739         [self saveQueueFileItem];
1740
1741 }
1742
1743 - (void) removeQueueFileItem:(int) queueItemToRemove
1744 {
1745
1746    /* Find out if the item we are removing is a cancelled (3) or a finished (0) item*/
1747    if ([[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3 || [[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0)
1748     {
1749     /* Since we are removing a cancelled or finished item, WE need to decrement the currentQueueEncodeIndex
1750      * by one to keep in sync with the queue array
1751      */
1752     currentQueueEncodeIndex--;
1753     [self writeToActivityLog: "removeQueueFileItem: Removing a cancelled/finished encode, decrement currentQueueEncodeIndex to %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
1754     }
1755     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove];
1756     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1757
1758 }
1759
1760 - (void)saveQueueFileItem
1761 {
1762     [QueueFileArray writeToFile:QueueFile atomically:YES];
1763     [fQueueController setQueueArray: QueueFileArray];
1764     [self getQueueStats];
1765 }
1766
1767 - (void)getQueueStats
1768 {
1769 /* lets get the stats on the status of the queue array */
1770
1771 fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
1772 fPendingCount = 0;
1773 fCompletedCount = 0;
1774 fCanceledCount = 0;
1775 fWorkingCount = 0;
1776
1777     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
1778      * in controller.mm
1779      * 0 == already encoded
1780      * 1 == is being encoded
1781      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
1782      * 3 == cancelled
1783      */
1784
1785         int i = 0;
1786     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1787         id tempObject;
1788         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1789         {
1790                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
1791                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0) // Completed
1792                 {
1793                         fCompletedCount++;
1794                 }
1795                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1) // being encoded
1796                 {
1797                         fWorkingCount++;
1798             fEncodingQueueItem = i;
1799                 }
1800         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 2) // pending
1801         {
1802                         fPendingCount++;
1803                 }
1804         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3) // cancelled
1805         {
1806                         fCanceledCount++;
1807                 }
1808                 i++;
1809         }
1810
1811     /* Set the queue status field in the main window */
1812     NSMutableString * string;
1813     if (fPendingCount == 1)
1814     {
1815         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1816     }
1817     else
1818     {
1819         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode(s) pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1820     }
1821     [fQueueStatus setStringValue:string];
1822 }
1823
1824 /* This method will set any item marked as encoding back to pending
1825  * currently used right after a queue reload
1826  */
1827 - (void) setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending
1828 {
1829     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1830         id tempObject;
1831     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1832     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1833     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1834     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1835     {
1836         /* If the queue item is marked as "encoding" (1)
1837          * then change its status back to pending (2) which effectively
1838          * puts it back into the queue to be encoded
1839          */
1840         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1)
1841         {
1842             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt: 2] forKey:@"Status"];
1843         }
1844         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
1845     }
1846
1847     [QueueFileArray setArray:tempArray];
1848     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1849 }
1850
1851
1852 /* This method will clear the queue of any encodes that are not still pending
1853  * this includes both successfully completed encodes as well as cancelled encodes */
1854 - (void) clearQueueEncodedItems
1855 {
1856     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1857         id tempObject;
1858     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1859     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1860     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1861     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1862     {
1863         /* If the queue item is either completed (0) or cancelled (3) from the
1864          * last session, then we put it in tempArray to be deleted from QueueFileArray.
1865          * NOTE: this means we retain pending (2) and also an item that is marked as
1866          * still encoding (1). If the queue has an item that is still marked as encoding
1867          * from a previous session, we can conlude that HB was either shutdown, or crashed
1868          * during the encodes so we keep it and tell the user in the "Load Queue Alert"
1869          */
1870         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0 || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3)
1871         {
1872             [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
1873         }
1874     }
1875
1876     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
1877     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1878 }
1879
1880 /* This method will clear the queue of all encodes. effectively creating an empty queue */
1881 - (void) clearQueueAllItems
1882 {
1883     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1884         id tempObject;
1885     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1886     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1887     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1888     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1889     {
1890         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
1891     }
1892
1893     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
1894     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1895 }
1896
1897 /* This method will duplicate prepareJob however into the
1898  * queue .plist instead of into the job structure so it can
1899  * be recalled later */
1900 - (NSDictionary *)createQueueFileItem
1901 {
1902     NSMutableDictionary *queueFileJob = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
1903
1904        hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1905     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
1906             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
1907     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
1908
1909
1910
1911     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
1912      * 0 == already encoded
1913      * 1 == is being encoded
1914      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
1915      * 3 == cancelled
1916      */
1917     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Status"];
1918     /* Source and Destination Information */
1919
1920     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->dvd] forKey:@"SourcePath"];
1921     [queueFileJob setObject:[fSrcDVD2Field stringValue] forKey:@"SourceName"];
1922     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->index] forKey:@"TitleNumber"];
1923     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"TitleAngle"];
1924     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterStart"];
1925
1926     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterEnd"];
1927
1928     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFile2Field stringValue] forKey:@"DestinationPath"];
1929
1930     /* Lets get the preset info if there is any */
1931     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
1932     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
1933
1934     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
1935     /* Chapter Markers*/
1936     /* If we have only one chapter or a title without chapters, set chapter markers to off */
1937     if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
1938     {
1939         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
1940     }
1941     else
1942     {
1943         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
1944     }
1945
1946     /* We need to get the list of chapter names to put into an array and store
1947      * in our queue, so they can be reapplied in prepareJob when this queue
1948      * item comes up if Chapter Markers is set to on.
1949      */
1950      int i;
1951      NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
1952      int chaptercount = hb_list_count( fTitle->list_chapter );
1953      for( i = 0; i < chaptercount; i++ )
1954     {
1955         hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( fTitle->list_chapter, i );
1956         if( chapter != NULL )
1957         {
1958           [ChapterNamesArray addObject:[NSString stringWithCString:chapter->title encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
1959         }
1960     }
1961     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: ChapterNamesArray] forKey:@"ChapterNames"];
1962     [ChapterNamesArray autorelease];
1963
1964     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
1965         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
1966     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
1967     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
1968     /* Add iPod uuid atom */
1969     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
1970
1971     /* Codecs */
1972         /* Video encoder */
1973         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
1974         /* x264 Option String */
1975         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
1976
1977         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
1978         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
1979         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
1980         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
1981     /* Framerate */
1982     [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
1983
1984         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
1985         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
1986         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
1987         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
1988
1989         /* Picture Sizing */
1990         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
1991         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
1992         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
1993         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
1994         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
1995         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
1996     /* if we are custom anamorphic, store the exact storage, par and display dims */
1997     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode == 3)
1998     {
1999         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"];
2000         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"];
2001
2002         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_width] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"];
2003         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_height] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"];
2004
2005         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_width] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"];
2006         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_height] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"];
2007
2008     }
2009     NSString * pictureSummary;
2010     pictureSummary = [fPictureSizeField stringValue];
2011     [queueFileJob setObject:pictureSummary forKey:@"PictureSizingSummary"];
2012     /* Set crop settings here */
2013         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2014     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2015     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2016         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2017         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2018
2019     /* Picture Filters */
2020     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
2021     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
2022
2023     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
2024     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
2025     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
2026
2027     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
2028     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
2029
2030     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
2031     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
2032
2033     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
2034
2035     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
2036
2037     /*Audio*/
2038     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2039     {
2040         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
2041         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
2042         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
2043         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
2044         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
2045         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
2046         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
2047     }
2048     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2049     {
2050         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
2051         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
2052         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
2053         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
2054         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
2055         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
2056         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
2057     }
2058     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2059     {
2060         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
2061         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
2062         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
2063         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
2064         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
2065         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
2066         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
2067     }
2068     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2069     {
2070         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
2071         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
2072         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
2073         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
2074         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
2075         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
2076         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
2077     }
2078
2079         /* Subtitles*/
2080         [queueFileJob setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
2081     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobSubtitlesIndex"];
2082     /* Forced Subtitles */
2083         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
2084
2085
2086
2087     /* Now we go ahead and set the "job->values in the plist for passing right to fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2088
2089     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterStart"];
2090
2091     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterEnd"];
2092
2093
2094     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"];
2095
2096     /* Codecs */
2097         /* Video encoder */
2098         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"];
2099
2100     /* Framerate */
2101     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"];
2102     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate] forKey:@"JobVrate"];
2103     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate_base] forKey:@"JobVrateBase"];
2104
2105     /* Picture Sizing */
2106         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2107         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2108         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2109         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2110         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2111         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2112
2113     /* Set crop settings here */
2114         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2115     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2116     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2117         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2118         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2119
2120     /* Picture Filters */
2121     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] forKey:@"JobPictureDecomb"];
2122
2123     /*Audio*/
2124     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2125     {
2126         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2127         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2128         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"];
2129         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"];
2130         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"];
2131      }
2132     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2133     {
2134         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2135         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2136         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"];
2137         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"];
2138         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"];
2139     }
2140     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2141     {
2142         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2143         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2144         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"];
2145         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"];
2146         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"];
2147     }
2148     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2149     {
2150         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2151         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2152         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"];
2153         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"];
2154         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"];
2155     }
2156         /* Subtitles*/
2157         [queueFileJob setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
2158     /* Forced Subtitles */
2159         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
2160
2161     /* we need to auto relase the queueFileJob and return it */
2162     [queueFileJob autorelease];
2163     return queueFileJob;
2164
2165 }
2166
2167 /* this is actually called from the queue controller to modify the queue array and return it back to the queue controller */
2168 - (void)moveObjectsInQueueArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
2169 {
2170     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
2171     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
2172
2173
2174     NSUInteger removeIndex;
2175
2176     if (index >= insertIndex)
2177     {
2178         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
2179         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
2180     }
2181     else
2182     {
2183         removeIndex = index;
2184         insertIndex--;
2185     }
2186
2187     id object = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
2188     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
2189     [QueueFileArray insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
2190     [object release];
2191
2192     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
2193
2194    /* We save all of the Queue data here
2195     * and it also gets sent back to the queue controller*/
2196     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2197
2198 }
2199
2200
2201 #pragma mark -
2202 #pragma mark Queue Job Processing
2203
2204 - (void) incrementQueueItemDone:(int) queueItemDoneIndexNum
2205 {
2206     int i = currentQueueEncodeIndex;
2207     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Status"];
2208
2209     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
2210     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2211         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
2212     //[fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
2213
2214     /* Since we have now marked a queue item as done
2215      * we can go ahead and increment currentQueueEncodeIndex
2216      * so that if there is anything left in the queue we can
2217      * go ahead and move to the next item if we want to */
2218     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
2219     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2220     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
2221     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
2222     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
2223     {
2224     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2225     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
2226     }
2227     else
2228     {
2229         [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone the %d item queue is complete", currentQueueEncodeIndex - 1];
2230     }
2231 }
2232
2233 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
2234 - (void) performNewQueueScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
2235 {
2236    /* Tell HB to output a new activity log file for this encode */
2237     [outputPanel startEncodeLog:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]];
2238
2239
2240      /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
2241     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2242     /* set the bool so that showNewScan knows to apply the appropriate queue
2243     * settings as this is a queue rescan
2244     */
2245     applyQueueToScan = YES;
2246     NSString *path = scanPath;
2247     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
2248
2249         /*On Screen Notification*/
2250         //int status;
2251         //status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake is now loading up a new queue item...",@"Would You Like to wait until you add another encode?", @"Cancel", @"Okay", nil);
2252         //[NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2253
2254     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
2255     {
2256         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
2257         // device path instead.
2258         path = [detector devicePath];
2259         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
2260
2261         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
2262         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app";
2263         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2264             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
2265             {
2266             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
2267             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
2268             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2269             int status;
2270             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
2271             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2272
2273             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
2274             {
2275                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
2276                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
2277             }
2278             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
2279             {
2280             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
2281             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
2282             }
2283             else
2284             {
2285             /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
2286             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2287             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
2288             }
2289
2290         }
2291         else
2292         {
2293             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
2294             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2295         }
2296     }
2297
2298     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
2299     {
2300         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
2301         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
2302          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
2303          */
2304         if (!scanTitleNum)
2305         {
2306             scanTitleNum = 0;
2307         }
2308         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
2309         {
2310             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
2311         }
2312
2313         [self writeToActivityLog: "performNewQueueScan currentQueueEncodeIndex is: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2314         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
2315         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
2316         hb_scan( fQueueEncodeLibhb, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 0 );
2317     }
2318 }
2319
2320 /* This method was originally used to load up a new queue item in the gui and
2321  * then start processing it. However we now have modified -prepareJob and use a second
2322  * instance of libhb to do our actual encoding, therefor right now it is not required.
2323  * Nonetheless I want to leave this in here
2324  * because basically its everything we need to be able to actually modify a pending queue
2325  * item in the gui and resave it. At least for now - dynaflash
2326  */
2327
2328 - (IBAction)applyQueueSettings:(id)sender
2329 {
2330     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2331     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
2332
2333     /* Set title number and chapters */
2334     /* since the queue only scans a single title, we really don't need to pick a title */
2335     //[fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"] intValue] - 1];
2336
2337     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterStart"] intValue] - 1];
2338     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterEnd"] intValue] - 1];
2339
2340     /* File Format */
2341     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
2342     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
2343
2344     /* Chapter Markers*/
2345     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
2346     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2347     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
2348     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2349     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
2350
2351     /* Video encoder */
2352     /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
2353     [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
2354     [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
2355
2356     /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
2357     [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
2358     /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
2359     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
2360     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
2361
2362     /* Video quality */
2363     [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
2364
2365     [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
2366     [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
2367     [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2368
2369     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
2370
2371     /* Video framerate */
2372     /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
2373      detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
2374     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
2375     {
2376         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2377     }
2378     else
2379     {
2380         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
2381     }
2382
2383     /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2384     [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
2385     [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
2386     /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
2387     [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
2388
2389     /*Audio*/
2390     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
2391     {
2392         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2393         {
2394             [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2395         }
2396         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2397         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
2398         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2399         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
2400         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2401          * mixdown*/
2402         if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2403         {
2404             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2405         }
2406         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
2407         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2408         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2409         {
2410             [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
2411         }
2412         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2413         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
2414     }
2415     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
2416     {
2417         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2418         {
2419             [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2420         }
2421         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2422         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
2423         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2424         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
2425         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2426          * mixdown*/
2427         if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2428         {
2429             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2430         }
2431         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
2432         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2433         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2434         {
2435             [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
2436         }
2437         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2438         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
2439     }
2440     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
2441     {
2442         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2443         {
2444             [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2445         }
2446         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2447         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
2448         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2449         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
2450         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2451          * mixdown*/
2452         if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2453         {
2454             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2455         }
2456         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
2457         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2458         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
2459         {
2460             [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
2461         }
2462         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2463         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
2464     }
2465     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
2466     {
2467         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2468         {
2469             [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2470         }
2471         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2472         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
2473         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2474         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
2475         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2476          * mixdown*/
2477         if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2478         {
2479             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2480         }
2481         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
2482         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2483         if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2484         {
2485             [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
2486         }
2487         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2488         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
2489     }
2490
2491
2492     /*Subtitles*/
2493     [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
2494     /* Forced Subtitles */
2495     [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
2496
2497     /* Picture Settings */
2498     /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
2499     if (fTitle->width < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
2500     {
2501         /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
2502         job->width = fTitle->width;
2503         job->height = fTitle->height;
2504     }
2505     else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
2506     {
2507         /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
2508         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
2509         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
2510     }
2511     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
2512     if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
2513     {
2514         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
2515         if( job->height > fTitle->height )
2516         {
2517             job->height = fTitle->height;
2518             hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
2519         }
2520     }
2521     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
2522
2523
2524     /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
2525      when the preset was created and apply them */
2526     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
2527     {
2528         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
2529
2530         /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
2531         job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
2532         job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
2533         job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
2534         job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
2535
2536     }
2537     else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
2538     {
2539         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
2540         /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
2541         job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
2542         job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
2543         job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
2544         job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
2545
2546     }
2547
2548     /* Filters */
2549     /* Deinterlace */
2550     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
2551
2552     /* Detelecine */
2553     [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
2554     /* Denoise */
2555     [fPictureController setDenoise:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
2556     /* Deblock */
2557     [fPictureController setDeblock:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
2558     /* Decomb */
2559     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
2560     /* Grayscale */
2561     [fPictureController setGrayscale:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue]];
2562
2563     [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
2564
2565
2566     /* somehow we need to figure out a way to tie the queue item to a preset if it used one */
2567     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2568     //    [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2569     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"]) // This item used a preset so insert that info
2570         {
2571                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2572         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
2573         //[self selectPreset:nil];
2574
2575         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]];
2576                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2577                 //[fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] stringValue]];
2578
2579                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2580         }
2581     else
2582     {
2583         /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2584                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
2585                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2586                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
2587
2588                 //curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2589     }
2590
2591     /* We need to set this bool back to NO, in case the user wants to do a scan */
2592     //applyQueueToScan = NO;
2593
2594     /* so now we go ahead and process the new settings */
2595     [self processNewQueueEncode];
2596 }
2597
2598
2599
2600 /* This assumes that we have re-scanned and loaded up a new queue item to send to libhb as fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2601 - (void) processNewQueueEncode
2602 {
2603     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2604     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
2605     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2606
2607     if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
2608     {
2609         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode WARNING nothing found in the title list"];
2610     }
2611     else
2612     {
2613         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode title list is: %d", hb_list_count( list )];
2614     }
2615
2616     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2617     [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset: %s", [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] UTF8String]];
2618     [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode number of passes expected is: %d", ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] + 1)];
2619     job->file = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] UTF8String];
2620     //[self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode sending to prepareJob"];
2621     [self prepareJob];
2622     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue] == 1 )
2623         job->subtitle_force = 1;
2624     else
2625         job->subtitle_force = 0;
2626
2627     /*
2628      * If scanning we need to do some extra setup of the job.
2629      */
2630     if( job->indepth_scan == 1 )
2631     {
2632         char *x264opts_tmp;
2633
2634         /*
2635          * When subtitle scan is enabled do a fast pre-scan job
2636          * which will determine which subtitles to enable, if any.
2637          */
2638         job->pass = -1;
2639         x264opts_tmp = job->x264opts;
2640
2641         job->x264opts = NULL;
2642
2643         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2644
2645         job->select_subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t**)malloc(sizeof(hb_subtitle_t*));
2646         *(job->select_subtitle) = NULL;
2647
2648         /*
2649          * Add the pre-scan job
2650          */
2651         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2652         job->x264opts = x264opts_tmp;
2653     }
2654     else
2655         job->select_subtitle = NULL;
2656
2657     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
2658     {
2659         hb_subtitle_t **subtitle_tmp = job->select_subtitle;
2660         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2661
2662         /*
2663          * Do not autoselect subtitles on the first pass of a two pass
2664          */
2665         job->select_subtitle = NULL;
2666
2667         job->pass = 1;
2668
2669         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2670
2671         job->pass = 2;
2672
2673         job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2674         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
2675
2676         job->select_subtitle = subtitle_tmp;
2677
2678         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2679
2680     }
2681     else
2682     {
2683         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2684         job->pass = 0;
2685
2686         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2687     }
2688
2689     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
2690         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
2691         /* Lets mark our new encode as 1 or "Encoding" */
2692     [queueToApply setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Status"];
2693     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2694     /* We should be all setup so let 'er rip */
2695     [self doRip];
2696 }
2697
2698 #pragma mark -
2699 #pragma mark Live Preview
2700 /* Note,this is much like prepareJob, but directly sets the job vars so Picture Preview
2701  * can encode to its temp preview directory and playback. This is *not* used for any actual user
2702  * encodes
2703  */
2704 - (void) prepareJobForPreview
2705 {
2706     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2707     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2708             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2709     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2710     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
2711     /* set job->angle for libdvdnav */
2712     job->angle = [fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2713     /* Chapter selection */
2714     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2715     job->chapter_end   = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2716
2717     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
2718     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2719     job->vcodec = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2720
2721     job->chapter_markers = 0;
2722
2723         if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
2724     {
2725                 /* Set this flag to switch from Constant Quantizer(default) to Constant Rate Factor Thanks jbrjake
2726          Currently only used with Constant Quality setting*/
2727                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0 && [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] == 2)
2728                 {
2729                 job->crf = 1;
2730                 }
2731
2732                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
2733                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
2734                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2735                 /* For previews we ignore the turbo option for the first pass of two since we only use 1 pass */
2736                 strcpy(job->x264opts, [[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] UTF8String]);
2737
2738
2739     }
2740
2741     /* Video settings */
2742    /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
2743      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
2744      */
2745     job->vfr = 0;
2746     if( [fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0 )
2747     {
2748         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
2749         job->vrate      = 27000000;
2750         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]-1].rate;
2751         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
2752          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
2753          * a specific framerate*/
2754         job->cfr = 1;
2755     }
2756     else
2757     {
2758         /* We are same as source (variable) */
2759         job->vrate      = title->rate;
2760         job->vrate_base = title->rate_base;
2761         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
2762          * to enable true same as source framerate */
2763         job->cfr = 0;
2764         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
2765          * job->vfr
2766          */
2767         if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
2768         {
2769             job->vfr = 1;
2770         }
2771     }
2772
2773     switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
2774     {
2775         case 0:
2776             /* Target size.
2777                Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
2778                in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it */
2779         case 1:
2780             job->vquality = -1.0;
2781             job->vbitrate = [fVidBitrateField intValue];
2782             break;
2783         case 2:
2784             job->vquality = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue];
2785             job->vbitrate = 0;
2786             break;
2787     }
2788
2789     /* Subtitle settings */
2790     switch( [fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 2 )
2791     {
2792     case -2:
2793         /*
2794          * No subtitles selected
2795          */
2796         break;
2797     case -1:
2798         /*
2799          * Subtitle scan selected
2800          */
2801         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2802         break;
2803     default:
2804         /*
2805          * Subtitle selected, add it into the job from the title.
2806          */
2807         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2808         hb_subtitle_t *subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_subtitle, [fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 2 );
2809         hb_list_add( job->list_subtitle, subtitle );
2810         break;
2811     }
2812
2813     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
2814     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
2815     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
2816     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
2817     {
2818         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
2819         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
2820     }
2821     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
2822     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2823     {
2824         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2825         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2826         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2827         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2828         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2829         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2830         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2831         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2832         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2833         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
2834
2835         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2836         free(audio);
2837     }
2838     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2839     {
2840         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2841         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2842         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2843         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2844         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2845         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2846         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2847         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2848         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2849         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
2850
2851         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2852         free(audio);
2853
2854     }
2855
2856     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2857     {
2858         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2859         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2860         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2861         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2862         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2863         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2864         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2865         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2866         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2867         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
2868
2869         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2870         free(audio);
2871
2872     }
2873
2874     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2875     {
2876         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2877         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2878         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2879         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2880         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2881         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2882         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2883         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2884         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2885         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
2886
2887         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2888         free(audio);
2889
2890     }
2891
2892
2893
2894     /* Filters */
2895
2896     /* Though Grayscale is not really a filter, per se
2897      * we put it here since its in the filters panel
2898      */
2899
2900     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
2901     {
2902         job->grayscale = 1;
2903     }
2904     else
2905     {
2906         job->grayscale = 0;
2907     }
2908
2909     /* Initialize the filters list */
2910     job->filters = hb_list_init();
2911
2912     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
2913     * The order of the filters is critical
2914     */
2915
2916         /* Detelecine */
2917     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
2918     {
2919         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
2920     }
2921     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
2922     {
2923         /* use a custom detelecine string */
2924         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] UTF8String];
2925         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
2926     }
2927     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
2928     {
2929         /* Decomb */
2930         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
2931         {
2932             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
2933             //hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] UTF8String];
2934             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
2935         }
2936         /* we add the custom string if present */
2937         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
2938         {
2939             /* use a custom decomb string */
2940             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController decombCustomString] UTF8String];
2941             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
2942         }
2943     }
2944     else
2945     {
2946
2947         /* Deinterlace */
2948         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
2949         {
2950             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
2951             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
2952             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2953         }
2954         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
2955         {
2956             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
2957             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
2958             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2959         }
2960         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
2961         {
2962             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
2963             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
2964             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2965         }
2966         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
2967         {
2968             /* we add the custom string if present */
2969             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] UTF8String];
2970             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2971         }
2972         }
2973
2974     /* Denoise */
2975         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1) // Weak in popup
2976         {
2977                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
2978         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2979         }
2980         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2) // Medium in popup
2981         {
2982                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
2983         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2984         }
2985         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3) // Strong in popup
2986         {
2987                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
2988         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2989         }
2990     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4) // custom in popup
2991         {
2992                 /* we add the custom string if present */
2993         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] UTF8String];
2994         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2995         }
2996
2997     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
2998     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
2999      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3000      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3001      */
3002     if ([fPictureController deblock] != 0)
3003     {
3004         NSString *deblockStringValue = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",[fPictureController deblock]];
3005         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [deblockStringValue UTF8String];
3006         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3007     }
3008
3009 }
3010
3011
3012 #pragma mark -
3013 #pragma mark Job Handling
3014
3015
3016 - (void) prepareJob
3017 {
3018
3019     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3020     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3021     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
3022     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3023     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3024     /* Title Angle for dvdnav */
3025     job->angle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleAngle"] intValue];
3026     /* Chapter selection */
3027     job->chapter_start = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterStart"] intValue];
3028     job->chapter_end   = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterEnd"] intValue];
3029
3030     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3031     job->mux = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"] intValue];
3032     job->vcodec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"] intValue];
3033
3034
3035     /* If mpeg-4, then set mpeg-4 specific options like chapters and > 4gb file sizes */
3036         //if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
3037         //{
3038     /* We set the largeFileSize (64 bit formatting) variable here to allow for > 4gb files based on the format being
3039      mpeg4 and the checkbox being checked
3040      *Note: this will break compatibility with some target devices like iPod, etc.!!!!*/
3041     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue] == 1)
3042     {
3043         job->largeFileSize = 1;
3044     }
3045     else
3046     {
3047         job->largeFileSize = 0;
3048     }
3049     /* We set http optimized mp4 here */
3050     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue] == 1 )
3051     {
3052         job->mp4_optimize = 1;
3053     }
3054     else
3055     {
3056         job->mp4_optimize = 0;
3057     }
3058
3059     //}
3060
3061     /* We set the chapter marker extraction here based on the format being
3062      mpeg4 or mkv and the checkbox being checked */
3063     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue] == 1)
3064     {
3065         job->chapter_markers = 1;
3066
3067         /* now lets get our saved chapter names out the array in the queue file
3068          * and insert them back into the title chapter list. We have it here,
3069          * because unless we are inserting chapter markers there is no need to
3070          * spend the overhead of iterating through the chapter names array imo
3071          * Also, note that if for some reason we don't apply chapter names, the
3072          * chapters just come out 001, 002, etc. etc.
3073          */
3074
3075         NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterNames"];
3076         int i = 0;
3077         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [ChapterNamesArray objectEnumerator];
3078         id tempObject;
3079         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3080         {
3081             hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3082             if( chapter != NULL )
3083             {
3084                 strncpy( chapter->title, [tempObject UTF8String], 1023);
3085                 chapter->title[1023] = '\0';
3086             }
3087             i++;
3088         }
3089     }
3090     else
3091     {
3092         job->chapter_markers = 0;
3093     }
3094
3095     if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3096     {
3097                 if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue] == 1)
3098             {
3099             job->ipod_atom = 1;
3100                 }
3101         else
3102         {
3103             job->ipod_atom = 0;
3104         }
3105
3106                 /* Set this flag to switch from Constant Quantizer(default) to Constant Rate Factor Thanks jbrjake
3107          Currently only used with Constant Quality setting*/
3108                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2)
3109                 {
3110                 job->crf = 1;
3111                 }
3112                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3113                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3114                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3115                 /* Turbo first pass if two pass and Turbo First pass is selected */
3116                 if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
3117                 {
3118                         /* pass the "Turbo" string to be appended to the existing x264 opts string into a variable for the first pass */
3119                         NSString *firstPassOptStringTurbo = @":ref=1:subme=1:me=dia:analyse=none:trellis=0:no-fast-pskip=0:8x8dct=0:weightb=0";
3120                         /* append the "Turbo" string variable to the existing opts string.
3121              Note: the "Turbo" string must be appended, not prepended to work properly*/
3122                         NSString *firstPassOptStringCombined = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] stringByAppendingString:firstPassOptStringTurbo];
3123                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [firstPassOptStringCombined UTF8String]);
3124                 }
3125                 else
3126                 {
3127                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
3128                 }
3129
3130     }
3131
3132
3133     /* Picture Size Settings */
3134     job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
3135     job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
3136
3137     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
3138     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
3139     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue] == 3)
3140     {
3141         /* insert our custom values here for capuj */
3142         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"]  intValue];
3143         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"]  intValue];
3144
3145         job->anamorphic.par_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"]  intValue];
3146         job->anamorphic.par_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"]  intValue];
3147
3148         job->anamorphic.dar_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"]  floatValue];
3149         job->anamorphic.dar_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"]  floatValue];
3150     }
3151
3152     /* Here we use the crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
3153     job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
3154     job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
3155     job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
3156     job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
3157
3158     /* Video settings */
3159     /* Framerate */
3160
3161     /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3162      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3163      */
3164     job->vfr = 0;
3165     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue] > 0 )
3166     {
3167         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3168         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3169         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue]-1].rate;
3170         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3171          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3172          * a specific framerate*/
3173         job->cfr = 1;
3174     }
3175     else
3176     {
3177         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3178         job->vrate      = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrate"] intValue];
3179         job->vrate_base = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrateBase"] intValue];
3180         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3181          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3182         job->cfr = 0;
3183         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3184          * job->vfr
3185          */
3186         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3187         {
3188             job->vfr = 1;
3189         }
3190     }
3191
3192     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] != 2 )
3193     {
3194         /* Target size.
3195          Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3196          in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it same as abr*/
3197         job->vquality = -1.0;
3198         job->vbitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"] intValue];
3199     }
3200     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2 )
3201     {
3202         job->vquality = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue];
3203         job->vbitrate = 0;
3204
3205     }
3206
3207     job->grayscale = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue];
3208     /* Subtitle settings */
3209
3210     switch( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobSubtitlesIndex"] intValue] - 2 )
3211     {
3212     case -2:
3213         /*
3214          * No subtitles selected
3215          */
3216         break;
3217     case -1:
3218         /*
3219          * Subtitle scan selected
3220          */
3221         job->indepth_scan = 1;
3222         break;
3223     default:
3224         /*
3225          * Subtitle selected, add it into the job from the title.
3226          */
3227         job->indepth_scan = 0;
3228         hb_subtitle_t *subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_subtitle,
3229                                                                   [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobSubtitlesIndex"] intValue] - 2 );
3230         hb_list_add( job->list_subtitle, subtitle );
3231         break;
3232     }
3233
3234     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3235     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3236     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3237     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3238     {
3239         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3240         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3241     }
3242     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3243     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
3244     {
3245         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3246         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3247         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3248         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3249         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3250         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"] intValue];
3251         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"] intValue];
3252         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"] intValue];
3253         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"] intValue];
3254         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3255
3256         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3257         free(audio);
3258     }
3259     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
3260     {
3261
3262         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3263         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3264         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3265         [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob audiotrack 2 is: %d", audio->in.track];
3266         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3267         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3268         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"] intValue];
3269         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"] intValue];
3270         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"] intValue];
3271         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"] intValue];
3272         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3273
3274         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3275         free(audio);
3276     }
3277
3278     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
3279     {
3280         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3281         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3282         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3283         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3284         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3285         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"] intValue];
3286         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"] intValue];
3287         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"] intValue];
3288         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"] intValue];
3289         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3290
3291         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3292         free(audio);
3293     }
3294
3295     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
3296     {
3297         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3298         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3299         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3300         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3301         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3302         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"] intValue];
3303         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"] intValue];
3304         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"] intValue];
3305         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"] intValue];
3306         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3307
3308         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3309         free(audio);
3310     }
3311
3312     /* Filters */
3313     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3314
3315     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3316      * The order of the filters is critical
3317      */
3318     /* Detelecine */
3319     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3320     {
3321         //if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"])
3322         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3323     }
3324     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
3325     {
3326         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3327         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"] UTF8String];
3328         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3329     }
3330
3331     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3332     {
3333         /* Decomb */
3334         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
3335         {
3336             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3337             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3338         }
3339         /* we add the custom string if present */
3340         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
3341         {
3342             /* use a custom decomb string */
3343             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"] UTF8String];
3344             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3345         }
3346
3347     }
3348     else
3349     {
3350
3351         /* Deinterlace */
3352         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3353         {
3354             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3355             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3356             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3357         }
3358         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 2)
3359         {
3360             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3361             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3362             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3363         }
3364         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 3)
3365         {
3366             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3367             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3368             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3369         }
3370         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
3371         {
3372             /* we add the custom string if present */
3373             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"] UTF8String];
3374             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3375         }
3376
3377
3378     }
3379     /* Denoise */
3380         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1) // Weak in popup
3381         {
3382                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3383         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3384         }
3385         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 2) // Medium in popup
3386         {
3387                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3388         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3389         }
3390         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 3) // Strong in popup
3391         {
3392                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3393         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3394         }
3395     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4) // Custom in popup
3396         {
3397                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3398         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"] UTF8String];
3399         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3400         }
3401
3402     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3403     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3404      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3405      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3406      */
3407     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] != 0)
3408     {
3409         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] UTF8String];
3410         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3411     }
3412 [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob exiting"];
3413 }
3414
3415
3416
3417 /* addToQueue: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doAddToQueue
3418 */
3419 - (IBAction) addToQueue: (id) sender
3420 {
3421         /* We get the destination directory from the destination field here */
3422         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3423         /* We check for a valid destination here */
3424         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3425         {
3426                 NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3427         return;
3428         }
3429
3430     BOOL fileExists;
3431     fileExists = NO;
3432
3433     BOOL fileExistsInQueue;
3434     fileExistsInQueue = NO;
3435
3436     /* We check for and existing file here */
3437     if([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3438     {
3439         fileExists = YES;
3440     }
3441
3442     /* We now run through the queue and make sure we are not overwriting an exisiting queue item */
3443     int i = 0;
3444     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
3445         id tempObject;
3446         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3447         {
3448                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
3449                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] isEqualToString: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3450                 {
3451                         fileExistsInQueue = YES;
3452                 }
3453         i++;
3454         }
3455
3456
3457         if(fileExists == YES)
3458     {
3459         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists.", @"" ),
3460                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3461                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3462                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3463                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3464                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3465     }
3466     else if (fileExistsInQueue == YES)
3467     {
3468     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"There is already a queue item for this destination.", @"" ),
3469                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3470                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3471                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3472                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3473                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3474     }
3475     else
3476     {
3477         [self doAddToQueue];
3478     }
3479 }
3480
3481 /* overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: called from the alert posted by addToQueue that asks
3482    the user if they want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3483 */
3484 - (void) overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3485     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3486 {
3487     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3488         [self doAddToQueue];
3489 }
3490
3491 - (void) doAddToQueue
3492 {
3493     [self addQueueFileItem ];
3494 }
3495
3496
3497
3498 /* Rip: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doRip
3499 */
3500 - (IBAction) Rip: (id) sender
3501 {
3502     [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Pending queue count is %d", fPendingCount];
3503     /* Rip or Cancel ? */
3504     hb_state_t s;
3505     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
3506
3507     if(s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
3508         {
3509         [self Cancel: sender];
3510         return;
3511     }
3512
3513     /* We check to see if we need to warn the user that the computer will go to sleep
3514                  or shut down when encoding is finished */
3515                 [self remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown];
3516
3517     // If there are pending jobs in the queue, then this is a rip the queue
3518     if (fPendingCount > 0)
3519     {
3520         /* here lets start the queue with the first pending item */
3521         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3522
3523         return;
3524     }
3525
3526     // Before adding jobs to the queue, check for a valid destination.
3527
3528     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3529     if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3530     {
3531         NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3532         return;
3533     }
3534
3535     /* We check for duplicate name here */
3536     if( [[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:[fDstFile2Field stringValue]] )
3537     {
3538         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists", @"" ),
3539                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", "" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3540                                   @selector( overWriteAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3541                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3542                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3543                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3544
3545         // overWriteAlertDone: will be called when the alert is dismissed. It will call doRip.
3546     }
3547     else
3548     {
3549         /* if there are no pending jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3550          otherwise, just rip the queue */
3551         if(fPendingCount == 0)
3552         {
3553             [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: No pending jobs, so sending this one to doAddToQueue"];
3554             [self doAddToQueue];
3555         }
3556
3557         /* go right to processing the new queue encode */
3558         [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Going right to performNewQueueScan"];
3559         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3560
3561     }
3562 }
3563
3564 /* overWriteAlertDone: called from the alert posted by Rip: that asks the user if they
3565    want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3566 */
3567 - (void) overWriteAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3568     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3569 {
3570     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3571     {
3572         /* if there are no jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3573         otherwise, just rip the queue */
3574         if( fPendingCount == 0 )
3575         {
3576             [self doAddToQueue];
3577         }
3578
3579         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3580         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
3581         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3582
3583     }
3584 }
3585
3586 - (void) remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown
3587 {
3588        if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"])
3589        {
3590                /*Warn that computer will sleep after encoding*/
3591                int reminduser;
3592                NSBeep();
3593                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will sleep after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to sleep the computer after encoding. To turn off sleeping, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3594                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3595                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3596                {
3597                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3598                }
3599        }
3600        else if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"])
3601        {
3602                /*Warn that computer will shut down after encoding*/
3603                int reminduser;
3604                NSBeep();
3605                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will shut down after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to shut down the computer after encoding. To turn off shut down, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3606                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3607                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3608                {
3609                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3610                }
3611        }
3612
3613 }
3614
3615
3616 - (void) doRip
3617 {
3618     /* Let libhb do the job */
3619     hb_start( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3620     /*set the fEncodeState State */
3621         fEncodeState = 1;
3622 }
3623
3624
3625 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3626 // Displays an alert asking user if the want to cancel encoding of current job.
3627 // Cancel: returns immediately after posting the alert. Later, when the user
3628 // acknowledges the alert, doCancelCurrentJob is called.
3629 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3630 - (IBAction)Cancel: (id)sender
3631 {
3632     if (!fQueueController) return;
3633
3634   hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3635     NSString * alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"You are currently encoding. What would you like to do ?", nil)];
3636
3637     // Which window to attach the sheet to?
3638     NSWindow * docWindow;
3639     if ([sender respondsToSelector: @selector(window)])
3640         docWindow = [sender window];
3641     else
3642         docWindow = fWindow;
3643
3644     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
3645             alertTitle,
3646             NSLocalizedString(@"Continue Encoding", nil),
3647             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Stop", nil),
3648             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Continue", nil),
3649             docWindow, self,
3650             nil, @selector(didDimissCancel:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
3651             NSLocalizedString(@"Your encode will be cancelled if you don't continue encoding.", nil));
3652
3653     // didDimissCancelCurrentJob:returnCode:contextInfo: will be called when the dialog is dismissed
3654 }
3655
3656 - (void) didDimissCancel: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
3657 {
3658    hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3659      if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
3660     {
3661         [self doCancelCurrentJob];  // <- this also stops libhb
3662     }
3663     if (returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
3664     {
3665     [self doCancelCurrentJobAndStop];
3666     }
3667 }
3668
3669 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3670 // Cancels and deletes the current job and stops libhb from processing the remaining
3671 // encodes.
3672 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3673 - (void) doCancelCurrentJob
3674 {
3675     // Stop the current job. hb_stop will only cancel the current pass and then set
3676     // its state to HB_STATE_WORKDONE. It also does this asynchronously. So when we
3677     // see the state has changed to HB_STATE_WORKDONE (in updateUI), we'll delete the
3678     // remaining passes of the job and then start the queue back up if there are any
3679     // remaining jobs.
3680
3681
3682     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3683
3684     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
3685             hb_job_t * job;
3686             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
3687                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
3688
3689     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
3690
3691     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
3692     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
3693     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
3694     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
3695     [self saveQueueFileItem];
3696     // so now lets move to
3697     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
3698     // ... and see if there are more items left in our queue
3699     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
3700     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
3701     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
3702     {
3703     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3704     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob moving to the next job"];
3705
3706     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3707     }
3708     else
3709     {
3710         [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob the item queue is complete"];
3711     }
3712
3713 }
3714
3715 - (void) doCancelCurrentJobAndStop
3716 {
3717     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3718
3719     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
3720             hb_job_t * job;
3721             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
3722                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
3723
3724
3725     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
3726
3727     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
3728     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
3729     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
3730     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
3731     [self saveQueueFileItem];
3732     // so now lets move to
3733     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
3734     [self writeToActivityLog: "cancelling current job and stopping the queue"];
3735 }
3736 - (IBAction) Pause: (id) sender
3737 {
3738     hb_state_t s;
3739     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
3740
3741     if( s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED )
3742     {
3743         hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3744     }
3745     else
3746     {
3747         hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3748     }
3749 }
3750
3751 #pragma mark -
3752 #pragma mark GUI Controls Changed Methods
3753
3754 - (IBAction) titlePopUpChanged: (id) sender
3755 {
3756     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
3757     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
3758         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
3759
3760     /* If Auto Naming is on. We create an output filename of dvd name - title number */
3761     if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultAutoNaming"] > 0 && ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 ) )
3762         {
3763                 [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
3764                         @"%@/%@-%d.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
3765                         [browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension],
3766             title->index,
3767                         [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
3768         }
3769
3770     /* Update chapter popups */
3771     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp removeAllItems];
3772     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   removeAllItems];
3773     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ); i++ )
3774     {
3775         [fSrcChapterStartPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
3776             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
3777         [fSrcChapterEndPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
3778             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
3779     }
3780
3781     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3782     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   selectItemAtIndex:
3783         hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ) - 1];
3784     [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
3785
3786     /* if using dvd nav, show the angle widget */
3787     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue])
3788     {
3789         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:NO];
3790         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:NO];
3791
3792         [fSrcAnglePopUp removeAllItems];
3793         for( int i = 0; i < title->angle_count; i++ )
3794         {
3795             [fSrcAnglePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
3796         }
3797         [fSrcAnglePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3798     }
3799     else
3800     {
3801         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
3802         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
3803     }
3804
3805     /* Start Get and set the initial pic size for display */
3806         hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3807         fTitle = title;
3808
3809     /* Set Auto Crop to on upon selecting a new title  */
3810     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
3811
3812         /* We get the originial output picture width and height and put them
3813         in variables for use with some presets later on */
3814         PicOrigOutputWidth = job->width;
3815         PicOrigOutputHeight = job->height;
3816         AutoCropTop = job->crop[0];
3817         AutoCropBottom = job->crop[1];
3818         AutoCropLeft = job->crop[2];
3819         AutoCropRight = job->crop[3];
3820
3821         /* Reset the new title in fPictureController &&  fPreviewController*/
3822     [fPictureController SetTitle:title];
3823
3824     /* Update subtitle popups */
3825     hb_subtitle_t * subtitle;
3826     [fSubPopUp removeAllItems];
3827     [fSubPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"None"];
3828     [fSubPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Autoselect"];
3829     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_subtitle ); i++ )
3830     {
3831         subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_subtitle, i );
3832
3833         /* We cannot use NSPopUpButton's addItemWithTitle because
3834            it checks for duplicate entries */
3835         [[fSubPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithCString:
3836             subtitle->lang] action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3837     }
3838     [fSubPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3839
3840         [self subtitleSelectionChanged:nil];
3841
3842     /* Update chapter table */
3843     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
3844     [fChapterTable reloadData];
3845
3846    /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3847     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3848     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3849     {
3850         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3851         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3852     }
3853
3854     /* Update audio popups */
3855     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp];
3856     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang2PopUp];
3857     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang3PopUp];
3858     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang4PopUp];
3859     /* search for the first instance of our prefs default language for track 1, and set track 2 to "none" */
3860         NSString * audioSearchPrefix = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"DefaultLanguage"];
3861         [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp searchPrefixString: audioSearchPrefix selectIndexIfNotFound: 1];
3862     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang2PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
3863     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang3PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
3864     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang4PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
3865
3866         /* changing the title may have changed the audio channels on offer, */
3867         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
3868         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
3869         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
3870     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
3871     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
3872
3873     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3874
3875     /* we run the picture size values through calculatePictureSizing to get all picture setting information*/
3876         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
3877
3878    /* lets call tableViewSelected to make sure that any preset we have selected is enforced after a title change */
3879     [self selectPreset:nil];
3880 }
3881
3882 - (IBAction) chapterPopUpChanged: (id) sender
3883 {
3884
3885         /* If start chapter popup is greater than end chapter popup,
3886         we set the end chapter popup to the same as start chapter popup */
3887         if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
3888         {
3889                 [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
3890     }
3891
3892
3893         hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
3894     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *)
3895         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
3896
3897     hb_chapter_t * chapter;
3898     int64_t        duration = 0;
3899     for( int i = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
3900          i <= [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]; i++ )
3901     {
3902         chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3903         duration += chapter->duration;
3904     }
3905
3906     duration /= 90000; /* pts -> seconds */
3907     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
3908         @"%02lld:%02lld:%02lld", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
3909         duration % 60]];
3910
3911     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
3912
3913     if ( [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
3914     {
3915     /* Disable chapter markers for any source with less than two chapters as it makes no sense. */
3916     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: NO];
3917     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOffState];
3918     }
3919     else
3920     {
3921     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
3922     }
3923 }
3924
3925 - (IBAction) formatPopUpChanged: (id) sender
3926 {
3927     NSString * string = [fDstFile2Field stringValue];
3928     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
3929     char * ext = NULL;
3930         /* Initially set the large file (64 bit formatting) output checkbox to hidden */
3931     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: YES];
3932     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: YES];
3933     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: YES];
3934
3935     /* Update the Video Codec PopUp */
3936     /* lets get the tag of the currently selected item first so we might reset it later */
3937     int selectedVidEncoderTag;
3938     selectedVidEncoderTag = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3939
3940     /* Note: we now store the video encoder int values from common.c in the tags of each popup for easy retrieval later */
3941     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
3942     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
3943     /* These video encoders are available to all of our current muxers, so lets list them once here */
3944     menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MPEG-4 (FFmpeg)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3945     [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG];
3946
3947     switch( format )
3948     {
3949         case 0:
3950                         /*Get Default MP4 File Extension*/
3951                         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0)
3952                         {
3953                                 ext = "m4v";
3954                         }
3955                         else
3956                         {
3957                                 ext = "mp4";
3958                         }
3959             /* Add additional video encoders here */
3960             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3961             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
3962             /* We show the mp4 option checkboxes here since we are mp4 */
3963             [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
3964                         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: NO];
3965                         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: NO];
3966             [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: NO];
3967             break;
3968
3969             case 1:
3970             ext = "mkv";
3971             /* Add additional video encoders here */
3972             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3973             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
3974             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"VP3 (Theora)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3975             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_THEORA];
3976             /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here */
3977                         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
3978                         break;
3979
3980
3981     }
3982     /* if we have a previously selected vid encoder tag, then try to select it */
3983     if (selectedVidEncoderTag)
3984     {
3985         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTag: selectedVidEncoderTag];
3986     }
3987     else
3988     {
3989         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3990     }
3991
3992     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
3993     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
3994     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
3995     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
3996
3997     if( format == 0 )
3998         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
3999     else
4000         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%s", [string stringByDeletingPathExtension], ext]];
4001
4002     if( SuccessfulScan )
4003     {
4004         /* Add/replace to the correct extension */
4005         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4006         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4007         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4008         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4009
4010         if( [fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] == nil )
4011         {
4012
4013             [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4014             [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
4015
4016             /* changing the format may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4017             /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4018
4019             /* We call the method to properly enable/disable turbo 2 pass */
4020             [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4021             /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4022         }
4023     }
4024         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4025 }
4026
4027 - (IBAction) autoSetM4vExtension: (id) sender
4028 {
4029     if ( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4030         return;
4031
4032     NSString * extension = @"mp4";
4033
4034     if( [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4035                                                         [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4036                                                         [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4037                                                         [fCreateChapterMarkers state] == NSOnState ||
4038                                                         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0 )
4039     {
4040         extension = @"m4v";
4041     }
4042
4043     if( [extension isEqualTo: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]] )
4044         return;
4045     else
4046         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%@",
4047                                     [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingPathExtension], extension]];
4048 }
4049
4050 /* Method to determine if we should change the UI
4051 To reflect whether or not a Preset is being used or if
4052 the user is using "Custom" settings by determining the sender*/
4053 - (IBAction) customSettingUsed: (id) sender
4054 {
4055         if ([sender stringValue])
4056         {
4057                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
4058                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
4059                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
4060                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
4061
4062                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
4063         }
4064 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4065 }
4066
4067
4068 #pragma mark -
4069 #pragma mark - Video
4070
4071 - (IBAction) videoEncoderPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4072 {
4073     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4074     int videoEncoder = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4075
4076     [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:YES];
4077     /* If we are using x264 then show the x264 advanced panel*/
4078     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4079     {
4080         [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:NO];
4081         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4082     }
4083
4084     /* We need to set loose anamorphic as available depending on whether or not the ffmpeg encoder
4085     is being used as it borks up loose anamorphic .
4086     For convenience lets use the titleOfSelected index. Probably should revisit whether or not we want
4087     to use the index itself but this is easier */
4088     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG)
4089     {
4090         if (job->anamorphic.mode == 2)
4091         {
4092             job->anamorphic.mode = 0;
4093         }
4094         [fPictureController setAllowLooseAnamorphic:NO];
4095         /* We set the iPod atom checkbox to disabled and uncheck it as its only for x264 in the mp4
4096          container. Format is taken care of in formatPopUpChanged method by hiding and unchecking
4097          anything other than MP4.
4098          */
4099         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: NO];
4100         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState: NSOffState];
4101     }
4102     else
4103     {
4104         [fPictureController setAllowLooseAnamorphic:YES];
4105         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: YES];
4106     }
4107     [self setupQualitySlider];
4108         [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4109         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4110 }
4111
4112
4113 - (IBAction) twoPassCheckboxChanged: (id) sender
4114 {
4115         /* check to see if x264 is chosen */
4116         if([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4117     {
4118                 if( [fVidTwoPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4119                 {
4120                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: NO];
4121                 }
4122                 else
4123                 {
4124                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4125                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4126                 }
4127                 /* Make sure Two Pass is checked if Turbo is checked */
4128                 if( [fVidTurboPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4129                 {
4130                         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOnState];
4131                 }
4132         }
4133         else
4134         {
4135                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4136                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4137         }
4138
4139         /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4140         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4141 }
4142
4143 - (IBAction ) videoFrameRateChanged: (id) sender
4144 {
4145     /* We call method method to calculatePictureSizing to error check detelecine*/
4146     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4147
4148     /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4149         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4150 }
4151 - (IBAction) videoMatrixChanged: (id) sender;
4152 {
4153     bool target, bitrate, quality;
4154
4155     target = bitrate = quality = false;
4156     if( [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled] )
4157     {
4158         switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
4159         {
4160             case 0:
4161                 target = true;
4162                 break;
4163             case 1:
4164                 bitrate = true;
4165                 break;
4166             case 2:
4167                 quality = true;
4168                 break;
4169         }
4170     }
4171     [fVidTargetSizeField  setEnabled: target];
4172     [fVidBitrateField     setEnabled: bitrate];
4173     [fVidQualitySlider    setEnabled: quality];
4174     [fVidQualityRFField   setEnabled: quality];
4175     [fVidQualityRFLabel    setEnabled: quality];
4176     [fVidTwoPassCheck     setEnabled: !quality &&
4177         [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled]];
4178     if( quality )
4179     {
4180         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4181                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4182                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4183     }
4184
4185     [self qualitySliderChanged: sender];
4186     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4187         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4188 }
4189
4190 /* Use this method to setup the quality slider for cq/rf values depending on
4191  * the video encoder selected.
4192  */
4193 - (void) setupQualitySlider
4194 {
4195     /* Get the current slider maxValue to check for a change in slider scale later
4196      * so that we can choose a new similar value on the new slider scale */
4197     float previousMaxValue = [fVidQualitySlider maxValue];
4198     float previousPercentOfSliderScale = [fVidQualitySlider floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1);
4199     NSString * qpRFLabelString = @"QP:";
4200     /* x264 0-51 */
4201     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4202     {
4203         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4204         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:51.0];
4205         /* As x264 allows for qp/rf values that are fractional, we get the value from the preferences */
4206         int fractionalGranularity = 1 / [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] floatForKey:@"x264CqSliderFractional"];
4207         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:(([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * fractionalGranularity) + 1];
4208         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0)
4209         {
4210             qpRFLabelString = @"RF:";
4211         }
4212     }
4213     /* ffmpeg and xvid 1-31 */
4214     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG || [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_XVID)
4215     {
4216         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:1.0];
4217         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:31.0];
4218         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:31];
4219     }
4220     /* Theora 0-63 */
4221     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4222     {
4223         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4224         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:63.0];
4225         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:64];
4226     }
4227     [fVidQualityRFLabel setStringValue:qpRFLabelString];
4228
4229     /* check to see if we have changed slider scales */
4230     if (previousMaxValue != [fVidQualitySlider maxValue])
4231     {
4232         /* if so, convert the old setting to the new scale as close as possible based on percentages */
4233         float rf =  ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1) * previousPercentOfSliderScale;
4234         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
4235     }
4236
4237     [self qualitySliderChanged:nil];
4238 }
4239
4240 - (IBAction) qualitySliderChanged: (id) sender
4241 {
4242     /* Our constant quality slider is in a range based
4243      * on each encoders qp/rf values. The range depends
4244      * on the encoder. Also, the range is inverse of quality
4245      * for all of the encoders *except* for theora
4246      * (ie. as the "quality" goes up, the cq or rf value
4247      * actually goes down). Since the IB sliders always set
4248      * their max value at the right end of the slider, we
4249      * will calculate the inverse, so as the slider floatValue
4250      * goes up, we will show the inverse in the rf field
4251      * so, the floatValue at the right for x264 would be 51
4252      * and our rf field needs to show 0 and vice versa.
4253      */
4254
4255     float sliderRfInverse = ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]) + [fVidQualitySlider minValue];
4256     /* If the encoder is theora, use the float, otherwise use the inverse float*/
4257     float sliderRfToPercent;
4258     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4259     {
4260         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]]];
4261         sliderRfToPercent = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4262     }
4263     else
4264     {
4265         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", sliderRfInverse]];
4266         sliderRfToPercent = ( ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])  - ([fVidQualityRFField floatValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])) / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4267     }
4268     [fVidConstantCell setTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4269                                  NSLocalizedString( @"Constant quality: %.2f %%", @"" ), 100 * sliderRfToPercent]];
4270
4271     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4272 }
4273
4274 - (void) controlTextDidChange: (NSNotification *) notification
4275 {
4276     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4277 }
4278
4279 - (IBAction) calculateBitrate: (id) sender
4280 {
4281     if( !fHandle || [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] != 0 || !SuccessfulScan )
4282     {
4283         return;
4284     }
4285
4286     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4287     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
4288             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4289     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4290     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4291     /* For  hb_calc_bitrate in addition to the Target Size in MB out of the
4292      * Target Size Field, we also need the job info for the Muxer, the Chapters
4293      * as well as all of the audio track info.
4294      * This used to be accomplished by simply calling prepareJob here, however
4295      * since the resilient queue sets the queue array values instead of the job
4296      * values directly, we duplicate the old prepareJob code here for the variables
4297      * needed
4298      */
4299     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4300     job->chapter_end = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4301     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4302
4303     /* Audio goes here */
4304     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4305     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4306     {
4307         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4308         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4309     }
4310     /* Now we need our audio info here for each track if applicable */
4311     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4312     {
4313         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4314         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4315         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4316         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4317         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4318         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4319         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4320         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4321         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4322         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
4323
4324         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4325         free(audio);
4326     }
4327     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4328     {
4329         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4330         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4331         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4332         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4333         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4334         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4335         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4336         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4337         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4338         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
4339
4340         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4341         free(audio);
4342
4343     }
4344
4345     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4346     {
4347         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4348         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4349         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4350         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4351         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4352         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4353         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4354         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4355         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4356         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
4357
4358         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4359         free(audio);
4360
4361     }
4362
4363     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4364     {
4365         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4366         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4367         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4368         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4369         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4370         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4371         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4372         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4373         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4374         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
4375
4376         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4377         free(audio);
4378
4379     }
4380
4381 [fVidBitrateField setIntValue: hb_calc_bitrate( job, [fVidTargetSizeField intValue] )];
4382 }
4383
4384 #pragma mark -
4385 #pragma mark - Picture
4386
4387 /* lets set the picture size back to the max from right after title scan
4388    Lets use an IBAction here as down the road we could always use a checkbox
4389    in the gui to easily take the user back to max. Remember, the compiler
4390    resolves IBActions down to -(void) during compile anyway */
4391 - (IBAction) revertPictureSizeToMax: (id) sender
4392 {
4393         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4394         /* Here we apply the title source and height */
4395     job->width = fTitle->width;
4396     job->height = fTitle->height;
4397
4398     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4399     /* We call method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4400     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4401 }
4402
4403 /**
4404  * Registers changes made in the Picture Settings Window.
4405  */
4406
4407 - (void)pictureSettingsDidChange
4408 {
4409         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4410 }
4411
4412 /* Get and Display Current Pic Settings in main window */
4413 - (IBAction) calculatePictureSizing: (id) sender
4414 {
4415         if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode > 0)
4416         {
4417         fTitle->job->keep_ratio = 0;
4418         }
4419
4420     [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString]]];
4421
4422     NSString *picCropping;
4423     /* Set the display field for crop as per boolean */
4424         if (![fPictureController autoCrop])
4425         {
4426         picCropping =  @"Custom";
4427         }
4428         else
4429         {
4430                 picCropping =  @"Auto";
4431         }
4432     picCropping = [picCropping stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" %d/%d/%d/%d",fTitle->job->crop[0],fTitle->job->crop[1],fTitle->job->crop[2],fTitle->job->crop[3]]];
4433
4434     [fPictureCroppingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Cropping: %@",picCropping]];
4435
4436     NSString *videoFilters;
4437     videoFilters = @"";
4438     /* Detelecine */
4439     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
4440     {
4441         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Detelecine (Default)"];
4442     }
4443     else if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
4444     {
4445         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Detelecine (%@)",[fPictureController detelecineCustomString]]];
4446     }
4447
4448
4449     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
4450     {
4451         /* Decomb */
4452         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
4453         {
4454             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Decomb (Default)"];
4455         }
4456         else if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
4457         {
4458             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Decomb (%@)",[fPictureController decombCustomString]]];
4459         }
4460     }
4461     else
4462     {
4463         /* Deinterlace */
4464         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] > 0)
4465         {
4466             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 1;
4467         }
4468         else
4469         {
4470             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 0;
4471         }
4472
4473         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
4474         {
4475             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Fast)"];
4476         }
4477         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
4478         {
4479             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slow)"];
4480         }
4481         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
4482         {
4483             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slower)"];
4484         }
4485         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
4486         {
4487             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deinterlace (%@)",[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString]]];
4488         }
4489         }
4490
4491
4492     /* Denoise */
4493         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1)
4494         {
4495                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Weak)"];
4496     }
4497         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2)
4498         {
4499                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Medium)"];
4500     }
4501         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3)
4502         {
4503                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Strong)"];
4504         }
4505     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4)
4506         {
4507                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Denoise (%@)",[fPictureController denoiseCustomString]]];
4508         }
4509
4510     /* Deblock */
4511     if ([fPictureController deblock] > 0)
4512     {
4513         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deblock (%d)",[fPictureController deblock]]];
4514     }
4515
4516     /* Grayscale */
4517     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
4518     {
4519         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Grayscale"];
4520     }
4521     [fVideoFiltersField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Video Filters: %@", videoFilters]];
4522
4523     //[fPictureController reloadStillPreview];
4524 }
4525
4526
4527 #pragma mark -
4528 #pragma mark - Audio and Subtitles
4529 - (IBAction) audioCodecsPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4530 {
4531
4532     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
4533     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
4534     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
4535     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4536     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
4537     {
4538         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
4539         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4540         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
4541         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
4542     }
4543     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
4544     {
4545         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
4546         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4547         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
4548         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
4549     }
4550     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
4551     {
4552         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
4553         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4554         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
4555         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
4556     }
4557     else
4558     {
4559         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
4560         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4561         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
4562         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
4563     }
4564
4565     /* changing the codecs on offer may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4566         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4567     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiotrackPopUp];
4568
4569 }
4570
4571 - (IBAction) setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls: (id) sender
4572 {
4573     /* We will be setting the enabled/disabled state of each tracks audio controls based on
4574      * the settings of the source audio for that track. We leave the samplerate and bitrate
4575      * to audiotrackMixdownChanged
4576      */
4577
4578     /* We will first verify that a lower track number has been selected before enabling each track
4579      * for example, make sure a track is selected for track 1 before enabling track 2, etc.
4580      */
4581     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4582     {
4583         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4584         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4585     }
4586     else
4587     {
4588         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4589     }
4590
4591     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4592     {
4593         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4594         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4595     }
4596     else
4597     {
4598         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4599     }
4600     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4601     {
4602         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4603         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4604     }
4605     else
4606     {
4607         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4608     }
4609     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 1 */
4610     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4611     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4612     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4613     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4614     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4615     [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4616     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4617     {
4618         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4619         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4620         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4621         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4622         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4623         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
4624     }
4625     else if ([[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4626     {
4627         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4628         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4629         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4630         [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4631     }
4632
4633     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 2 */
4634     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4635     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4636     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4637     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4638     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4639     [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4640     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4641     {
4642         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4643         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4644         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4645         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4646         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4647         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
4648     }
4649     else if ([[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4650     {
4651         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4652         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4653         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4654         [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4655     }
4656
4657     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 3 */
4658     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4659     [fAudTrack3MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4660     [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4661     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4662     [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4663     [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4664     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4665     {
4666         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4667         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4668         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4669         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4670         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4671         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
4672     }
4673     else if ([[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4674     {
4675         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4676         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4677         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4678         [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4679     }
4680
4681     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 4 */
4682     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4683     [fAudTrack4MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4684     [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4685     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4686     [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4687     [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4688     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4689     {
4690         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4691         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4692         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4693         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4694         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4695         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
4696     }
4697     else if ([[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4698     {
4699         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4700         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4701         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4702         [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4703     }
4704
4705 }
4706
4707 - (IBAction) addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: (id) sender
4708 {
4709
4710     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4711     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4712         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4713
4714         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4715
4716     [sender removeAllItems];
4717     [sender addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"None", @"" )];
4718     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_audio ); i++ )
4719     {
4720         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( title->list_audio, i );
4721         [[sender menu] addItemWithTitle:
4722             [NSString stringWithCString: audio->lang.description]
4723             action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4724     }
4725     [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4726
4727 }
4728
4729 - (IBAction) selectAudioTrackInPopUp: (id) sender searchPrefixString: (NSString *) searchPrefixString selectIndexIfNotFound: (int) selectIndexIfNotFound
4730 {
4731
4732     /* this method can be used to find a language, or a language-and-source-format combination, by passing in the appropriate string */
4733     /* e.g. to find the first French track, pass in an NSString * of "Francais" */
4734     /* e.g. to find the first English 5.1 AC3 track, pass in an NSString * of "English (AC3) (5.1 ch)" */
4735     /* if no matching track is found, then selectIndexIfNotFound is used to choose which track to select instead */
4736
4737         if (searchPrefixString)
4738         {
4739
4740         for( int i = 0; i < [sender numberOfItems]; i++ )
4741         {
4742             /* Try to find the desired search string */
4743             if ([[[sender itemAtIndex: i] title] hasPrefix:searchPrefixString])
4744             {
4745                 [sender selectItemAtIndex: i];
4746                 return;
4747             }
4748         }
4749         /* couldn't find the string, so select the requested "search string not found" item */
4750         /* index of 0 means select the "none" item */
4751         /* index of 1 means select the first audio track */
4752         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
4753         }
4754     else
4755     {
4756         /* if no search string is provided, then select the selectIndexIfNotFound item */
4757         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
4758     }
4759
4760 }
4761 - (IBAction) audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: (id)sender
4762 {
4763     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4764
4765     /* setup pointers to the appropriate popups for the correct track */
4766     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4767     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
4768     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
4769     {
4770         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
4771         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4772     }
4773     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
4774     {
4775         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
4776         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4777     }
4778     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
4779     {
4780         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
4781         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4782     }
4783     else
4784     {
4785         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
4786         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4787     }
4788
4789     [audiocodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4790     /* Make sure "None" isnt selected in the source track */
4791     if ([audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4792     {
4793         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:YES];
4794         NSMenuItem *menuItem;
4795         /* We setup our appropriate popups for codecs and put the int value in the popup tag for easy retrieval */
4796         switch( format )
4797         {
4798             case 0:
4799                 /* MP4 */
4800                 // AAC
4801                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4802                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
4803
4804                 // AC3 Passthru
4805                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4806                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4807                 break;
4808
4809             case 1:
4810                 /* MKV */
4811                 // AAC
4812                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4813                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
4814                 // AC3 Passthru
4815                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4816                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4817                 // MP3
4818                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4819                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
4820                 // Vorbis
4821                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4822                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
4823                 break;
4824
4825             case 2:
4826                 /* AVI */
4827                 // MP3
4828                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4829                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
4830                 // AC3 Passthru
4831                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4832                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4833                 break;
4834
4835             case 3:
4836                 /* OGM */
4837                 // Vorbis
4838                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4839                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
4840                 // MP3
4841                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4842                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
4843                 break;
4844         }
4845         [audiocodecPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4846     }
4847     else
4848     {
4849         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:NO];
4850     }
4851 }
4852
4853 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4854 {
4855     /* utility function to call audioTrackPopUpChanged without passing in a mixdown-to-use */
4856     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: sender mixdownToUse: 0];
4857 }
4858
4859 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender mixdownToUse: (int) mixdownToUse
4860 {
4861
4862     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
4863     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
4864     /* if the sender is the lanaguage popup and there is nothing in the codec popup, lets call
4865     * audioAddAudioTrackCodecs on the codec popup to populate it properly before moving on
4866     */
4867     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp && [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4868     {
4869         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
4870     }
4871     if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp && [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4872     {
4873         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
4874     }
4875     if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp && [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4876     {
4877         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
4878     }
4879     if (sender == fAudLang4PopUp && [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4880     {
4881         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
4882     }
4883
4884     /* Now lets make the sender the appropriate Audio Track popup from this point on */
4885     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
4886     {
4887         sender = fAudLang1PopUp;
4888     }
4889     if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
4890     {
4891         sender = fAudLang2PopUp;
4892     }
4893     if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
4894     {
4895         sender = fAudLang3PopUp;
4896     }
4897     if (sender == fAudTrack4CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack4MixPopUp)
4898     {
4899         sender = fAudLang4PopUp;
4900     }
4901
4902     /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
4903     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
4904     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4905     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
4906     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
4907     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp)
4908     {
4909         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
4910         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4911         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
4912         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
4913     }
4914     else if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp)
4915     {
4916         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
4917         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4918         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
4919         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
4920     }
4921     else if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp)
4922     {
4923         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
4924         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4925         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
4926         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
4927     }
4928     else
4929     {
4930         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
4931         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4932         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
4933         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
4934     }
4935
4936     /* get the index of the selected audio Track*/
4937     int thisAudioIndex = [sender indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4938
4939     /* pointer for the hb_audio_s struct we will use later on */
4940     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4941
4942     int acodec;
4943     /* check if the audio mixdown controls need their enabled state changing */
4944     [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
4945
4946     if (thisAudioIndex != -1)
4947     {
4948
4949         /* get the audio */
4950         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, thisAudioIndex );// Should "fTitle" be title and be setup ?
4951
4952         /* actually manipulate the proper mixdowns here */
4953         /* delete the previous audio mixdown options */
4954         [mixdownPopUp removeAllItems];
4955
4956         acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4957
4958         if (audio != NULL)
4959         {
4960
4961             /* find out if our selected output audio codec supports mono and / or 6ch */
4962             /* we also check for an input codec of AC3 or DCA,
4963              as they are the only libraries able to do the mixdown to mono / conversion to 6-ch */
4964             /* audioCodecsSupportMono and audioCodecsSupport6Ch are the same for now,
4965              but this may change in the future, so they are separated for flexibility */
4966             int audioCodecsSupportMono =
4967                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
4968                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
4969             int audioCodecsSupport6Ch =
4970                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
4971                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
4972
4973             /* check for AC-3 passthru */
4974             if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4975             {
4976
4977             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
4978                  [NSString stringWithCString: "AC3 Passthru"]
4979                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4980              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4981             }
4982             else
4983             {
4984
4985                 /* add the appropriate audio mixdown menuitems to the popupbutton */
4986                 /* in each case, we set the new menuitem's tag to be the amixdown value for that mixdown,
4987                  so that we can reference the mixdown later */
4988
4989                 /* keep a track of the min and max mixdowns we used, so we can select the best match later */
4990                 int minMixdownUsed = 0;
4991                 int maxMixdownUsed = 0;
4992
4993                 /* get the input channel layout without any lfe channels */
4994                 int layout = audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DISCRETE_NO_LFE_MASK;
4995
4996                 /* do we want to add a mono option? */
4997                 if (audioCodecsSupportMono == 1)
4998                 {
4999                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5000                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].human_readable_name]
5001                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5002                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown];
5003                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown;
5004                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown);
5005                 }
5006
5007                 /* do we want to add a stereo option? */
5008                 /* offer stereo if we have a mono source and non-mono-supporting codecs, as otherwise we won't have a mixdown at all */
5009                 /* also offer stereo if we have a stereo-or-better source */
5010                 if ((layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_MONO && audioCodecsSupportMono == 0) || layout >= HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
5011                 {
5012                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5013                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].human_readable_name]
5014                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5015                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown];
5016                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown;
5017                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown);
5018                 }
5019
5020                 /* do we want to add a dolby surround (DPL1) option? */
5021                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F1R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DOLBY)
5022                 {
5023                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5024                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].human_readable_name]
5025                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5026                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown];
5027                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown;
5028                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown);
5029                 }
5030
5031                 /* do we want to add a dolby pro logic 2 (DPL2) option? */
5032                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R)
5033                 {
5034                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5035                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].human_readable_name]
5036                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5037                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown];
5038                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown;
5039                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown);
5040                 }
5041
5042                 /* do we want to add a 6-channel discrete option? */
5043                 if (audioCodecsSupport6Ch == 1 && layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R && (audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_HAS_LFE))
5044                 {
5045                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5046                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].human_readable_name]
5047                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5048                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown];
5049                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown;
5050                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown);
5051                 }
5052
5053                 /* do we want to add an AC-3 passthrough option? */
5054                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5055                 {
5056                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5057                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5058                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5059                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5060                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5061                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5062                 }
5063
5064                 /* auto-select the best mixdown based on our saved mixdown preference */
5065
5066                 /* for now, this is hard-coded to a "best" mixdown of HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII */
5067                 /* ultimately this should be a prefs option */
5068                 int useMixdown;
5069
5070                 /* if we passed in a mixdown to use - in order to load a preset - then try and use it */
5071                 if (mixdownToUse > 0)
5072                 {
5073                     useMixdown = mixdownToUse;
5074                 }
5075                 else
5076                 {
5077                     useMixdown = HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII;
5078                 }
5079
5080                 /* if useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed, then use maxMixdownUsed */
5081                 if (useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed)
5082                 {
5083                     useMixdown = maxMixdownUsed;
5084                 }
5085
5086                 /* if useMixdown < minMixdownUsed, then use minMixdownUsed */
5087                 if (useMixdown < minMixdownUsed)
5088                 {
5089                     useMixdown = minMixdownUsed;
5090                 }
5091
5092                 /* select the (possibly-amended) preferred mixdown */
5093                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTag: useMixdown];
5094
5095             }
5096             /* In the case of a source track that is not AC3 and the user tries to use AC3 Passthru (which does not work)
5097              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use MP3 for avi and aac for all
5098              * other containers.
5099              */
5100             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5101             {
5102                 /* If we are using the avi container, we select MP3 as there is no aac available*/
5103                 if ([[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_MUX_AVI)
5104                 {
5105                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5106                 }
5107                 else
5108                 {
5109                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5110                 }
5111             }
5112             /* Setup our samplerate and bitrate popups we will need based on mixdown */
5113             [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
5114         }
5115
5116     }
5117     if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
5118     {
5119         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
5120     }
5121 }
5122
5123 - (IBAction) audioTrackMixdownChanged: (id) sender
5124 {
5125
5126     int acodec;
5127     /* setup pointers to all of the other audio track controls
5128     * we will need later
5129     */
5130     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5131     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5132     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5133     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5134     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5135     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5136     NSTextField * drcField;
5137     if (sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5138     {
5139         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5140         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5141         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5142         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5143         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5144         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5145         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5146     }
5147     else if (sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5148     {
5149         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5150         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5151         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5152         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5153         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5154         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5155         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5156     }
5157     else if (sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5158     {
5159         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5160         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5161         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5162         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5163         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5164         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5165         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5166     }
5167     else
5168     {
5169         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5170         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5171         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5172         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5173         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5174         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5175         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5176     }
5177     acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5178     /* storage variable for the min and max bitrate allowed for this codec */
5179     int minbitrate;
5180     int maxbitrate;
5181
5182     switch( acodec )
5183     {
5184         case HB_ACODEC_FAAC:
5185             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5186             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5187             {
5188                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps, even for 6ch */
5189                 minbitrate = 32;
5190                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5191                 maxbitrate = 384;
5192                 break;
5193             }
5194             else
5195             {
5196                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps for stereo or mono */
5197                 minbitrate = 32;
5198                 /* FAAC won't honour anything more than 160 for stereo, so let's not offer it */
5199                 /* note: haven't dealt with mono separately here, FAAC will just use the max it can */
5200                 maxbitrate = 160;
5201                 break;
5202             }
5203
5204             case HB_ACODEC_LAME:
5205             /* Lame is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps */
5206             minbitrate = 32;
5207             /* Lame won't encode if the bitrate is higher than 320 kbps */
5208             maxbitrate = 320;
5209             break;
5210
5211             case HB_ACODEC_VORBIS:
5212             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5213             {
5214                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 192 kbps with 6 channel */
5215                 minbitrate = 192;
5216                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5217                 maxbitrate = 384;
5218                 break;
5219             }
5220             else
5221             {
5222                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 48 kbps */
5223                 minbitrate = 48;
5224                 /* Vorbis can cope with 384 kbps quite happily, even for stereo */
5225                 maxbitrate = 384;
5226                 break;
5227             }
5228
5229             default:
5230             /* AC3 passthru disables the bitrate dropdown anyway, so we might as well just use the min and max bitrate */
5231             minbitrate = 32;
5232             maxbitrate = 384;
5233
5234     }
5235
5236     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5237     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5238     /* get the audio so we can find out what input rates are*/
5239     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5240     audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
5241     int inputbitrate = audio->in.bitrate / 1000;
5242     int inputsamplerate = audio->in.samplerate;
5243
5244     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5245     {
5246         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5247
5248         for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
5249         {
5250             if (hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate >= minbitrate && hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate <= maxbitrate)
5251             {
5252                 /* add a new menuitem for this bitrate */
5253                 NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5254                                         [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]
5255                                                                       action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5256                 /* set its tag to be the actual bitrate as an integer, so we can retrieve it later */
5257                 [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate];
5258             }
5259         }
5260
5261         /* select the default bitrate (but use 384 for 6-ch AAC) */
5262         if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5263         {
5264             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: 384];
5265         }
5266         else
5267         {
5268             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: hb_audio_bitrates[hb_audio_bitrates_default].rate];
5269         }
5270     }
5271     /* populate and set the sample rate popup */
5272     /* Audio samplerate */
5273     [sampleratePopUp removeAllItems];
5274     /* we create a same as source selection (Auto) so that we can choose to use the input sample rate */
5275     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: @"Auto" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5276     [menuItem setTag: inputsamplerate];
5277
5278     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
5279     {
5280         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5281                                 [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_rates[i].string]
5282                                                                  action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5283         [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_rates[i].rate];
5284     }
5285     /* We use the input sample rate as the default sample rate as downsampling just makes audio worse
5286     * and there is no compelling reason to use anything else as default, though the users default
5287     * preset will likely override any setting chosen here.
5288     */
5289     [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTag: inputsamplerate];
5290
5291
5292     /* Since AC3 Pass Thru uses the input ac3 bitrate and sample rate, we get the input tracks
5293     * bitrate and dispay it in the bitrate popup even though libhb happily ignores any bitrate input from
5294     * the gui. We do this for better user feedback in the audio tab as well as the queue for the most part
5295     */
5296     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5297     {
5298
5299         /* lets also set the bitrate popup to the input bitrate as thats what passthru will use */
5300         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5301         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5302                                 [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d", inputbitrate]
5303                                                               action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5304         [menuItem setTag: inputbitrate];
5305         /* For ac3 passthru we disable the sample rate and bitrate popups as well as the drc slider*/
5306         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5307         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5308
5309         [drcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
5310         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
5311         [drcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5312         [drcField setEnabled: NO];
5313     }
5314     else
5315     {
5316         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5317         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5318         [drcSlider setEnabled: YES];
5319         [drcField setEnabled: YES];
5320     }
5321 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5322 }
5323
5324 - (IBAction) audioDRCSliderChanged: (id) sender
5325 {
5326     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5327     NSTextField * drcField;
5328     if (sender == fAudTrack1DrcSlider)
5329     {
5330         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5331         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5332     }
5333     else if (sender == fAudTrack2DrcSlider)
5334     {
5335         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5336         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5337     }
5338     else if (sender == fAudTrack3DrcSlider)
5339     {
5340         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5341         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5342     }
5343     else
5344     {
5345         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5346         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5347     }
5348
5349     /* If we are between 0.0 and 1.0 on the slider, snap it to 1.0 */
5350     if ([drcSlider floatValue] > 0.0 && [drcSlider floatValue] < 1.0)
5351     {
5352         [drcSlider setFloatValue:1.0];
5353     }
5354
5355
5356     [drcField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [drcSlider floatValue]]];
5357     /* For now, do not call this until we have an intelligent way to determine audio track selections
5358     * compared to presets
5359     */
5360     //[self customSettingUsed: sender];
5361 }
5362
5363 - (IBAction) subtitleSelectionChanged: (id) sender
5364 {
5365         if ([fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5366         {
5367         [fSubForcedCheck setState: NSOffState];
5368         [fSubForcedCheck setEnabled: NO];
5369         }
5370         else
5371         {
5372         [fSubForcedCheck setEnabled: YES];
5373         }
5374
5375 }
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380 #pragma mark -
5381 #pragma mark Open New Windows
5382
5383 - (IBAction) openHomepage: (id) sender
5384 {
5385     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5386         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/"]];
5387 }
5388
5389 - (IBAction) openForums: (id) sender
5390 {
5391     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5392         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/forum/"]];
5393 }
5394 - (IBAction) openUserGuide: (id) sender
5395 {
5396     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5397         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/trac/wiki/HandBrakeGuide"]];
5398 }
5399
5400 /**
5401  * Shows debug output window.
5402  */
5403 - (IBAction)showDebugOutputPanel:(id)sender
5404 {
5405     [outputPanel showOutputPanel:sender];
5406 }
5407
5408 /**
5409  * Shows preferences window.
5410  */
5411 - (IBAction) showPreferencesWindow: (id) sender
5412 {
5413     NSWindow * window = [fPreferencesController window];
5414     if (![window isVisible])
5415         [window center];
5416
5417     [window makeKeyAndOrderFront: nil];
5418 }
5419
5420 /**
5421  * Shows queue window.
5422  */
5423 - (IBAction) showQueueWindow:(id)sender
5424 {
5425     [fQueueController showQueueWindow:sender];
5426 }
5427
5428
5429 - (IBAction) toggleDrawer:(id)sender {
5430     [fPresetDrawer toggle:self];
5431 }
5432
5433 /**
5434  * Shows Picture Settings Window.
5435  */
5436
5437 - (IBAction) showPicturePanel: (id) sender
5438 {
5439         [fPictureController showPictureWindow:sender];
5440 }
5441
5442 - (void) picturePanelFullScreen
5443 {
5444         [fPictureController setToFullScreenMode];
5445 }
5446
5447 - (void) picturePanelWindowed
5448 {
5449         [fPictureController setToWindowedMode];
5450 }
5451
5452 - (IBAction) showPreviewWindow: (id) sender
5453 {
5454         [fPictureController showPreviewWindow:sender];
5455 }
5456
5457 #pragma mark -
5458 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods
5459 #pragma mark - Required
5460 /* These are required by the NSOutlineView Datasource Delegate */
5461
5462
5463 /* used to specify the number of levels to show for each item */
5464 - (int)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item
5465 {
5466     /* currently use no levels to test outline view viability */
5467     if (item == nil) // for an outline view the root level of the hierarchy is always nil
5468     {
5469         return [UserPresets count];
5470     }
5471     else
5472     {
5473         /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5474         NSArray *children = nil;
5475         children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5476         if ([children count] > 0)
5477         {
5478             return [children count];
5479         }
5480         else
5481         {
5482             return 0;
5483         }
5484     }
5485 }
5486
5487 /* We use this to deterimine children of an item */
5488 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView child:(NSInteger)index ofItem:(id)item
5489 {
5490
5491     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5492     NSArray *children = nil;
5493     if (item == nil)
5494     {
5495         children = UserPresets;
5496     }
5497     else
5498     {
5499         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
5500         {
5501             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5502         }
5503     }
5504     if ((children == nil) || ( [children count] <= (NSUInteger) index))
5505     {
5506         return nil;
5507     }
5508     else
5509     {
5510         return [children objectAtIndex:index];
5511     }
5512
5513
5514     // We are only one level deep, so we can't be asked about children
5515     //NSAssert (NO, @"Presets View outlineView:child:ofItem: currently can't handle nested items.");
5516     //return nil;
5517 }
5518
5519 /* We use this to determine if an item should be expandable */
5520 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView isItemExpandable:(id)item
5521 {
5522
5523     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5524     NSArray *children= nil;
5525     if (item == nil)
5526     {
5527         children = UserPresets;
5528     }
5529     else
5530     {
5531         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
5532         {
5533             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5534         }
5535     }
5536
5537     /* To deterimine if an item should show a disclosure triangle
5538      * we could do it by the children count as so:
5539      * if ([children count] < 1)
5540      * However, lets leave the triangle show even if there are no
5541      * children to help indicate a folder, just like folder in the
5542      * finder can show a disclosure triangle even when empty
5543      */
5544
5545     /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
5546    if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
5547    {
5548         return YES;
5549     }
5550     else
5551     {
5552         return NO;
5553     }
5554
5555 }
5556
5557 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView shouldExpandItem:(id)item
5558 {
5559     // Our outline view has no levels, but we can still expand every item. Doing so
5560     // just makes the row taller. See heightOfRowByItem below.
5561 //return ![(HBQueueOutlineView*)outlineView isDragging];
5562
5563 return YES;
5564 }
5565
5566
5567 /* Used to tell the outline view which information is to be displayed per item */
5568 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
5569 {
5570         /* We have two columns right now, icon and PresetName */
5571
5572     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5573     {
5574         return [item objectForKey:@"PresetName"];
5575     }
5576     else
5577     {
5578         //return @"";
5579         return nil;
5580     }
5581 }
5582
5583 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView itemForPersistentObject:(id)object
5584 {
5585     return [NSKeyedUnarchiver unarchiveObjectWithData:object];
5586 }
5587 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView persistentObjectForItem:(id)item
5588 {
5589     return [NSKeyedArchiver archivedDataWithRootObject:item];
5590 }
5591
5592 #pragma mark - Added Functionality (optional)
5593 /* Use to customize the font and display characteristics of the title cell */
5594 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView willDisplayCell:(id)cell forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn item:(id)item
5595 {
5596     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5597     {
5598         NSFont *txtFont;
5599         NSColor *fontColor;
5600         NSColor *shadowColor;
5601         txtFont = [NSFont systemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
5602         /*check to see if its a selected row */
5603         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] == [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem:item])
5604         {
5605
5606             fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
5607             shadowColor = [NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:(127.0/255.0) green:(140.0/255.0) blue:(160.0/255.0) alpha:1.0];
5608         }
5609         else
5610         {
5611             if ([[item objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
5612             {
5613                 fontColor = [NSColor blueColor];
5614             }
5615             else // User created preset, use a black font
5616             {
5617                 fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
5618             }
5619             /* check to see if its a folder */
5620             //if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
5621             //{
5622             //fontColor = [NSColor greenColor];
5623             //}
5624
5625
5626         }
5627         /* We use Bold Text for the HB Default */
5628         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)// 1 is HB default
5629         {
5630             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
5631         }
5632         /* We use Bold Text for the User Specified Default */
5633         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2)// 2 is User default
5634         {
5635             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
5636         }
5637
5638
5639         [cell setTextColor:fontColor];
5640         [cell setFont:txtFont];
5641
5642     }
5643 }
5644
5645 /* We use this to edit the name field in the outline view */
5646 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView setObjectValue:(id)object forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
5647 {
5648     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5649     {
5650         id theRecord;
5651
5652         theRecord = item;
5653         [theRecord setObject:object forKey:@"PresetName"];
5654
5655         [self sortPresets];
5656
5657         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
5658         /* We save all of the preset data here */
5659         [self savePreset];
5660     }
5661 }
5662 /* We use this to provide tooltips for the items in the presets outline view */
5663 - (NSString *)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView toolTipForCell:(NSCell *)cell rect:(NSRectPointer)rect tableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tc item:(id)item mouseLocation:(NSPoint)mouseLocation
5664 {
5665     //if ([[tc identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5666     //{
5667         /* initialize the tooltip contents variable */
5668         NSString *loc_tip;
5669         /* if there is a description for the preset, we show it in the tooltip */
5670         if ([item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"])
5671         {
5672             loc_tip = [item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"];
5673             return (loc_tip);
5674         }
5675         else
5676         {
5677             loc_tip = @"No description available";
5678         }
5679         return (loc_tip);
5680     //}
5681 }
5682
5683 #pragma mark -
5684 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods (dragging related)
5685
5686
5687 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView writeItems:(NSArray *)items toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
5688 {
5689         // Dragging is only allowed for custom presets.
5690     //[[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1
5691         if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // 0 is built in preset
5692     {
5693         return NO;
5694     }
5695     // Don't retain since this is just holding temporaral drag information, and it is
5696     //only used during a drag!  We could put this in the pboard actually.
5697     fDraggedNodes = items;
5698     // Provide data for our custom type, and simple NSStrings.
5699     [pboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects: DragDropSimplePboardType, nil] owner:self];
5700
5701     // the actual data doesn't matter since DragDropSimplePboardType drags aren't recognized by anyone but us!.
5702     [pboard setData:[NSData data] forType:DragDropSimplePboardType];
5703
5704     return YES;
5705 }
5706
5707 - (NSDragOperation)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView validateDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info proposedItem:(id)item proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index
5708 {
5709
5710         // Don't allow dropping ONTO an item since they can't really contain any children.
5711
5712     BOOL isOnDropTypeProposal = index == NSOutlineViewDropOnItemIndex;
5713     if (isOnDropTypeProposal)
5714         return NSDragOperationNone;
5715
5716     // Don't allow dropping INTO an item since they can't really contain any children as of yet.
5717         if (item != nil)
5718         {
5719                 index = [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: item] + 1;
5720                 item = nil;
5721         }
5722
5723     // Don't allow dropping into the Built In Presets.
5724     if (index < presetCurrentBuiltInCount)
5725     {
5726         return NSDragOperationNone;
5727         index = MAX (index, presetCurrentBuiltInCount);
5728         }
5729
5730     [outlineView setDropItem:item dropChildIndex:index];
5731     return NSDragOperationGeneric;
5732 }
5733
5734
5735
5736 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView acceptDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info item:(id)item childIndex:(NSInteger)index
5737 {
5738     /* first, lets see if we are dropping into a folder */
5739     if ([[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1) // if its a folder
5740         {
5741     NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
5742     childrenArray = [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5743     [childrenArray addObject:item];
5744     [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5745     [childrenArray autorelease];
5746     }
5747     else // We are not, so we just move the preset into the existing array
5748     {
5749         NSMutableIndexSet *moveItems = [NSMutableIndexSet indexSet];
5750         id obj;
5751         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [fDraggedNodes objectEnumerator];
5752         while (obj = [enumerator nextObject])
5753         {
5754             [moveItems addIndex:[UserPresets indexOfObject:obj]];
5755         }
5756         // Successful drop, lets rearrange the view and save it all
5757         [self moveObjectsInPresetsArray:UserPresets fromIndexes:moveItems toIndex: index];
5758     }
5759     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
5760     [self savePreset];
5761     return YES;
5762 }
5763
5764 - (void)moveObjectsInPresetsArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
5765 {
5766     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
5767     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
5768
5769     NSUInteger removeIndex;
5770
5771     if (index >= insertIndex)
5772     {
5773         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
5774         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
5775     }
5776     else
5777     {
5778         removeIndex = index;
5779         insertIndex--;
5780     }
5781
5782     id object = [[array objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
5783     [array removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
5784     [array insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
5785     [object release];
5786
5787     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
5788 }
5789
5790
5791
5792 #pragma mark - Functional Preset NSOutlineView Methods
5793
5794 - (IBAction)selectPreset:(id)sender
5795 {
5796
5797     if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
5798     {
5799         chosenPreset = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
5800         [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
5801
5802         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)
5803         {
5804             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ (Default)", [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]]];
5805         }
5806         else
5807         {
5808             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
5809         }
5810
5811         /* File Format */
5812         [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
5813         [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
5814
5815         /* Chapter Markers*/
5816         [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
5817         /* check to see if we have only one chapter */
5818         [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
5819
5820         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
5821         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
5822         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
5823         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
5824
5825         /* Video encoder */
5826         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
5827         /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
5828         [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
5829
5830         /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
5831         [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
5832         /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
5833         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
5834         [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5835
5836         /* Video quality */
5837         [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
5838
5839         [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
5840         [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
5841
5842         /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
5843          * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
5844          * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
5845          * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
5846          * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
5847         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
5848         {
5849             /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
5850             float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
5851             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
5852
5853         }
5854         else
5855         {
5856             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
5857         }
5858
5859         [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
5860
5861         /* Video framerate */
5862         /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
5863          detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
5864         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
5865         {
5866             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5867         }
5868         else
5869         {
5870             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
5871         }
5872
5873
5874         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
5875         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
5876         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
5877
5878         /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
5879         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
5880
5881         /*Audio*/
5882
5883         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
5884         {
5885             if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5886             {
5887                 [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5888             }
5889             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
5890             [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
5891             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5892             [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
5893             /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5894              * mixdown*/
5895             if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5896             {
5897                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5898             }
5899             [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
5900             /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5901             if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
5902             {
5903                 [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
5904             }
5905             [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5906             [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
5907         }
5908         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
5909         {
5910             if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5911             {
5912                 [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5913             }
5914             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
5915             [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
5916             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5917             [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
5918             /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5919              * mixdown*/
5920             if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5921             {
5922                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5923             }
5924             [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
5925             /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5926             if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
5927             {
5928                 [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
5929             }
5930             [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5931             [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
5932         }
5933         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
5934         {
5935             if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5936             {
5937                 [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5938             }
5939             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
5940             [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
5941             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5942             [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
5943             /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5944              * mixdown*/
5945             if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5946             {
5947                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5948             }
5949             [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
5950             /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5951             if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
5952             {
5953                 [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
5954             }
5955             [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5956             [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
5957         }
5958         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
5959         {
5960             if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5961             {
5962                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5963             }
5964             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
5965             [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
5966             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5967             [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
5968             /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5969              * mixdown*/
5970             if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5971             {
5972                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5973             }
5974             [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
5975             /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5976             if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
5977             {
5978                 [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
5979             }
5980             [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5981             [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
5982         }
5983
5984         /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
5985
5986         if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] == 0)
5987         {
5988             [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5989             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
5990         }
5991         if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
5992         {
5993             [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5994             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
5995         }
5996         if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
5997         {
5998             [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5999             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6000         }
6001
6002         /*Subtitles*/
6003         [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
6004         /* Forced Subtitles */
6005         [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
6006
6007         /* Picture Settings */
6008         /* Note: objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings" refers to picture size, which encompasses:
6009          * height, width, keep ar, anamorphic and crop settings.
6010          * picture filters are handled separately below.
6011          */
6012         /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is greater than 0, as 0 means use picture sizing "None"
6013          * ( 2 is use max for source and 1 is use exact size when the preset was created ) and the
6014          * preset completely ignores any picture sizing values in the preset.
6015          */
6016         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] > 0)
6017         {
6018             hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
6019
6020             /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
6021              when the preset was created and apply them */
6022             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
6023             {
6024                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
6025
6026                 /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
6027                 job->crop[0] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
6028                 job->crop[1] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
6029                 job->crop[2] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
6030                 job->crop[3] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
6031
6032             }
6033             else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
6034             {
6035                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
6036                 /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
6037                 job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
6038                 job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
6039                 job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
6040                 job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
6041
6042             }
6043
6044
6045             /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 2 which is "Use Max for the source */
6046             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 2 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 1)
6047             {
6048                 /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
6049                 [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6050                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6051                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6052                 {
6053                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6054                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6055                     {
6056                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6057                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6058                     }
6059                 }
6060                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6061             }
6062             else // /* If not 0 or 2 we assume objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 1 which is "Use picture sizing from when the preset was set" */
6063             {
6064                 /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
6065                 if (fTitle->width < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
6066                 {
6067                     /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
6068                     //job->width = fTitle->width;
6069                     //job->height = fTitle->height;
6070                     [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6071                 }
6072                 else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
6073                 {
6074                     /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
6075                     job->width = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
6076                     job->height = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
6077                 }
6078                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6079                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6080                 {
6081                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6082                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6083                     {
6084                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6085                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6086                     }
6087                 }
6088                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6089
6090             }
6091
6092
6093         }
6094         /* If the preset has an objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters", and handle the filters here */
6095         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"] && [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"]  intValue] > 0)
6096         {
6097             /* Filters */
6098
6099             /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
6100              * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
6101              * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
6102              * sane.
6103              */
6104             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
6105             [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
6106             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
6107             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6108             {
6109                 /* we are using decomb */
6110                 /* Decomb */
6111                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6112                 {
6113                     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
6114
6115                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
6116                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
6117                     {
6118                         [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
6119                     }
6120                 }
6121              }
6122             else
6123             {
6124                 /* We are using Deinterlace */
6125                 /* Deinterlace */
6126                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
6127                 {
6128                     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
6129                     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
6130                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
6131                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
6132                     {
6133                         [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
6134                     }
6135                 }
6136             }
6137
6138
6139             /* Detelecine */
6140             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
6141             {
6142                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
6143                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
6144                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
6145                 {
6146                     [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
6147                 }
6148             }
6149             else
6150             {
6151                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
6152             }
6153
6154             /* Denoise */
6155             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
6156             {
6157                 [fPictureController setDenoise:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
6158                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
6159                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4)
6160                 {
6161                     [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
6162                 }
6163             }
6164             else
6165             {
6166                 [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
6167             }
6168
6169             /* Deblock */
6170             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
6171             {
6172                 /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
6173                 [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
6174             }
6175             else
6176             {
6177                 /* use the settings intValue */
6178                 [fPictureController setDeblock:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
6179             }
6180
6181             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
6182             {
6183                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
6184             }
6185             else
6186             {
6187                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
6188             }
6189         }
6190         /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
6191         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6192         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6193         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
6194     }
6195 }
6196
6197
6198 #pragma mark -
6199 #pragma mark Manage Presets
6200
6201 - (void) loadPresets {
6202         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
6203         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
6204         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
6205     UserPresetsFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/UserPresets.plist";
6206         UserPresetsFile = [[UserPresetsFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
6207     /* We check for the presets.plist */
6208         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:UserPresetsFile] == 0)
6209         {
6210                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:UserPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
6211         }
6212
6213         UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:UserPresetsFile];
6214         if (nil == UserPresets)
6215         {
6216                 UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6217                 [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
6218         }
6219         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6220 }
6221
6222
6223 - (IBAction) showAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6224 {
6225     /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
6226     [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6227
6228     /* Populate the preset picture settings popup here */
6229     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp removeAllItems];
6230     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"None"];
6231     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Current"];
6232     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Source Maximum (post source scan)"];
6233     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6234     /* Uncheck the preset use filters checkbox */
6235     [fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck setState:NSOffState];
6236     // fPresetNewFolderCheck
6237     [fPresetNewFolderCheck setState:NSOffState];
6238     /* Erase info from the input fields*/
6239         [fPresetNewName setStringValue: @""];
6240         [fPresetNewDesc setStringValue: @""];
6241         /* Show the panel */
6242         [NSApp beginSheet:fAddPresetPanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
6243 }
6244
6245 - (IBAction) closeAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6246 {
6247     [NSApp endSheet: fAddPresetPanel];
6248     [fAddPresetPanel orderOut: self];
6249 }
6250
6251 - (IBAction)addUserPreset:(id)sender
6252 {
6253     if (![[fPresetNewName stringValue] length])
6254             NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"You need to insert a name for the preset.", @"OK", nil , nil);
6255     else
6256     {
6257         /* Here we create a custom user preset */
6258         [UserPresets addObject:[self createPreset]];
6259         [self addPreset];
6260
6261         [self closeAddPresetPanel:nil];
6262     }
6263 }
6264 - (void)addPreset
6265 {
6266
6267
6268         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
6269     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6270    /* We save all of the preset data here */
6271     [self savePreset];
6272 }
6273
6274 - (void)sortPresets
6275 {
6276
6277
6278         /* We Sort the Presets By Factory or Custom */
6279         NSSortDescriptor * presetTypeDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"Type"
6280                                                     ascending:YES] autorelease];
6281         /* We Sort the Presets Alphabetically by name  We do not use this now as we have drag and drop*/
6282         /*
6283     NSSortDescriptor * presetNameDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"PresetName"
6284                                                     ascending:YES selector:@selector(caseInsensitiveCompare:)] autorelease];
6285         //NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,presetNameDescriptor,nil];
6286
6287     */
6288     /* Since we can drag and drop our custom presets, lets just sort by type and not name */
6289     NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,nil];
6290         NSArray *sortedArray=[UserPresets sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:sortDescriptors];
6291         [UserPresets setArray:sortedArray];
6292
6293
6294 }
6295
6296 - (IBAction)insertPreset:(id)sender
6297 {
6298     int index = [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow];
6299     [UserPresets insertObject:[self createPreset] atIndex:index];
6300     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6301     [self savePreset];
6302 }
6303
6304 - (NSDictionary *)createPreset
6305 {
6306     NSMutableDictionary *preset = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
6307         /* Get the New Preset Name from the field in the AddPresetPanel */
6308     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
6309     /* Set whether or not this is to be a folder fPresetNewFolderCheck*/
6310     [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:[fPresetNewFolderCheck state]] forKey:@"Folder"];
6311         /*Set whether or not this is a user preset or factory 0 is factory, 1 is user*/
6312         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Type"];
6313         /*Set whether or not this is default, at creation set to 0*/
6314         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6315     if ([fPresetNewFolderCheck state] == YES)
6316     {
6317         /* initialize and set an empty array for children here since we are a new folder */
6318         NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6319         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6320         [childrenArray autorelease];
6321     }
6322     else // we are not creating a preset folder, so we go ahead with the rest of the preset info
6323     {
6324         /*Get the whether or not to apply pic Size and Cropping (includes Anamorphic)*/
6325         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"];
6326         /* Get whether or not to use the current Picture Filter settings for the preset */
6327         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck state]] forKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"];
6328
6329         /* Get New Preset Description from the field in the AddPresetPanel*/
6330         [preset setObject:[fPresetNewDesc stringValue] forKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6331         /* File Format */
6332         [preset setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
6333         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
6334         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
6335         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
6336         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
6337         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
6338         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
6339         /* Add iPod uuid atom */
6340         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
6341
6342         /* Codecs */
6343         /* Video encoder */
6344         [preset setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
6345         /* x264 Option String */
6346         [preset setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
6347
6348         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
6349         [preset setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
6350         [preset setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
6351         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
6352
6353         /* Video framerate */
6354         if ([fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) // Same as source is selected
6355         {
6356             [preset setObject:@"Same as source" forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
6357         }
6358         else // we can record the actual titleOfSelectedItem
6359         {
6360             [preset setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
6361         }
6362
6363         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
6364         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
6365         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
6366         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
6367         /*Picture Settings*/
6368         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
6369         /* Picture Sizing */
6370         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
6371         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
6372         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
6373         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
6374         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
6375         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
6376
6377         /* Set crop settings here */
6378         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
6379         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
6380         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
6381         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
6382         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
6383
6384         /* Picture Filters */
6385         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
6386         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
6387         [preset setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
6388         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
6389         [preset setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
6390         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
6391         [preset setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
6392         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
6393         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
6394         [preset setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
6395         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
6396
6397
6398         /*Audio*/
6399         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6400         {
6401             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
6402             [preset setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
6403             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
6404             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
6405             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
6406             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
6407             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
6408         }
6409         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6410         {
6411             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
6412             [preset setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
6413             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
6414             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
6415             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
6416             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
6417             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
6418         }
6419         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6420         {
6421             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
6422             [preset setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
6423             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
6424             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
6425             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
6426             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
6427             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
6428         }
6429         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6430         {
6431             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
6432             [preset setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
6433             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
6434             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
6435             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
6436             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
6437             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
6438         }
6439
6440         /* Subtitles*/
6441         [preset setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
6442         /* Forced Subtitles */
6443         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
6444     }
6445     [preset autorelease];
6446     return preset;
6447
6448 }
6449
6450 - (void)savePreset
6451 {
6452     [UserPresets writeToFile:UserPresetsFile atomically:YES];
6453         /* We get the default preset in case it changed */
6454         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
6455
6456 }
6457
6458 - (IBAction)deletePreset:(id)sender
6459 {
6460
6461
6462     if ( [fPresetsOutlineView numberOfSelectedRows] == 0 )
6463     {
6464         return;
6465     }
6466     /* Alert user before deleting preset */
6467         int status;
6468     status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"Are you sure that you want to delete the selected preset?", @"OK", @"Cancel", nil);
6469
6470     if ( status == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
6471     {
6472         int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
6473         NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6474         NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
6475
6476         NSEnumerator *enumerator;
6477         NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
6478         NSMutableArray *tempArray;
6479         id tempObject;
6480         /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
6481         if (presetToModLevel == 0)
6482         {
6483             presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
6484         }
6485         else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
6486         {
6487             presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6488         }
6489
6490         enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
6491         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
6492
6493         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6494         {
6495             NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6496             if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
6497             {
6498                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
6499             }
6500         }
6501
6502         [presetsArrayToMod removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
6503         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6504         [self savePreset];
6505     }
6506 }
6507
6508 #pragma mark -
6509 #pragma mark Manage Default Preset
6510
6511 - (IBAction)getDefaultPresets:(id)sender
6512 {
6513         presetHbDefault = nil;
6514     presetUserDefault = nil;
6515     presetUserDefaultParent = nil;
6516     presetUserDefaultParentParent = nil;
6517     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParent = nil;
6518     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParentParent = nil;
6519
6520     int i = 0;
6521     BOOL userDefaultFound = NO;
6522     presetCurrentBuiltInCount = 0;
6523     /* First we iterate through the root UserPresets array to check for defaults */
6524     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6525         id tempObject;
6526         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6527         {
6528                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6529                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
6530                 {
6531                         presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
6532                 }
6533                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
6534                 {
6535                         presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
6536             userDefaultFound = YES;
6537         }
6538         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
6539         {
6540                         presetCurrentBuiltInCount++; // <--increment the current number of built in presets
6541                 }
6542                 i++;
6543
6544         /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6545         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6546         {
6547             NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParent = thisPresetDict;
6548             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6549             id tempObject;
6550             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6551             {
6552                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6553                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
6554                 {
6555                     presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
6556                     presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6557                 }
6558                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
6559                 {
6560                     presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
6561                     presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6562                     userDefaultFound = YES;
6563                 }
6564
6565                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6566                 if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6567                 {
6568                     NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParentParent = thisPresetDict;
6569                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6570                     id tempObject;
6571                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6572                     {
6573                         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6574                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
6575                         {
6576                             presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
6577                             presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6578                             presetHbDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
6579                         }
6580                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
6581                         {
6582                             presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
6583                             presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6584                             presetUserDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
6585                             userDefaultFound = YES;
6586                         }
6587
6588                     }
6589                 }
6590             }
6591         }
6592
6593         }
6594     /* check to see if a user specified preset was found, if not then assign the parents for
6595      * the presetHbDefault so that we can open the parents for the nested presets
6596      */
6597     if (userDefaultFound == NO)
6598     {
6599         presetUserDefaultParent = presetHbDefaultParent;
6600         presetUserDefaultParentParent = presetHbDefaultParentParent;
6601     }
6602 }
6603
6604 - (IBAction)setDefaultPreset:(id)sender
6605 {
6606 /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
6607    if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6608    {
6609    return;
6610    }
6611
6612     int i = 0;
6613     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6614         id tempObject;
6615         /* First make sure the old user specified default preset is removed */
6616     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6617         {
6618                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6619                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
6620                 {
6621                         [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6622                 }
6623
6624                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6625         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6626         {
6627             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6628             id tempObject;
6629             int ii = 0;
6630             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6631             {
6632                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict1 = tempObject;
6633                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
6634                 {
6635                     [[[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:ii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6636                 }
6637                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6638                 if ([thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6639                 {
6640                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6641                     id tempObject;
6642                     int iii = 0;
6643                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6644                     {
6645                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
6646                         {
6647                             [[[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:iii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6648                         }
6649                         iii++;
6650                     }
6651                 }
6652                 ii++;
6653             }
6654
6655         }
6656         i++;
6657         }
6658
6659
6660     int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
6661     NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6662     NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
6663
6664
6665     NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
6666     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
6667
6668     /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
6669     if (presetToModLevel == 0)
6670     {
6671         presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
6672     }
6673     else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
6674     {
6675         presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6676     }
6677
6678     enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
6679     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
6680     int iiii = 0;
6681     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6682     {
6683         NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6684         if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
6685         {
6686             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 2
6687             {
6688                 [[presetsArrayToMod objectAtIndex:iiii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Default"];
6689             }
6690         }
6691      iiii++;
6692      }
6693
6694
6695     /* We save all of the preset data here */
6696     [self savePreset];
6697     /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
6698     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6699 }
6700
6701 - (IBAction)selectDefaultPreset:(id)sender
6702 {
6703         NSMutableDictionary *presetToMod;
6704     /* if there is a user specified default, we use it */
6705         if (presetUserDefault)
6706         {
6707         presetToMod = presetUserDefault;
6708     }
6709         else if (presetHbDefault) //else we use the built in default presetHbDefault
6710         {
6711         presetToMod = presetHbDefault;
6712         }
6713     else
6714     {
6715     return;
6716     }
6717
6718     if (presetUserDefaultParent != nil)
6719     {
6720         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParent];
6721
6722     }
6723     if (presetUserDefaultParentParent != nil)
6724     {
6725         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParentParent];
6726
6727     }
6728
6729     [fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: presetToMod]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
6730         [self selectPreset:nil];
6731 }
6732
6733
6734 #pragma mark -
6735 #pragma mark Manage Built In Presets
6736
6737
6738 - (IBAction)deleteFactoryPresets:(id)sender
6739 {
6740     //int status;
6741     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6742         id tempObject;
6743
6744         //NSNumber *index;
6745     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
6746
6747
6748         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
6749         /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
6750         while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
6751                 {
6752                         /* if the preset is "Factory" then we put it in the array of
6753                         presets to delete */
6754                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6755                         {
6756                                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
6757                         }
6758         }
6759
6760         [UserPresets removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
6761         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6762         [self savePreset];
6763
6764 }
6765
6766    /* We use this method to recreate new, updated factory
6767    presets */
6768 - (IBAction)addFactoryPresets:(id)sender
6769 {
6770
6771    /* First, we delete any existing built in presets */
6772     [self deleteFactoryPresets: sender];
6773     /* Then we generate new built in presets programmatically with fPresetsBuiltin
6774     * which is all setup in HBPresets.h and  HBPresets.m*/
6775     [fPresetsBuiltin generateBuiltinPresets:UserPresets];
6776     [self sortPresets];
6777     [self addPreset];
6778
6779 }
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785 @end
6786
6787 /*******************************
6788  * Subclass of the HBPresetsOutlineView *
6789  *******************************/
6790
6791 @implementation HBPresetsOutlineView
6792 - (NSImage *)dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)dragRows tableColumns:(NSArray *)tableColumns event:(NSEvent*)dragEvent offset:(NSPointPointer)dragImageOffset
6793 {
6794     fIsDragging = YES;
6795
6796     // By default, NSTableView only drags an image of the first column. Change this to
6797     // drag an image of the queue's icon and PresetName columns.
6798     NSArray * cols = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: [self tableColumnWithIdentifier:@"PresetName"], nil];
6799     return [super dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:dragRows tableColumns:cols event:dragEvent offset:dragImageOffset];
6800 }
6801
6802
6803
6804 - (void) mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent
6805 {
6806     [super mouseDown:theEvent];
6807         fIsDragging = NO;
6808 }
6809
6810
6811
6812 - (BOOL) isDragging;
6813 {
6814     return fIsDragging;
6815 }
6816 @end
6817
6818
6819